Motorola Mobility T6EY1 GSM Transceiver with WLAN and Bluetooth User Manual Exhibit 8D Users Manual

Motorola Mobility LLC GSM Transceiver with WLAN and Bluetooth Exhibit 8D Users Manual

Exhibit 8D Users Manual

APPLICANT:  MOTOROLA, INC.  FCC ID: IHDT6EY1  INSTRUCTION MANUAL  A preliminary draft copy of the Users Manual follows in four parts (Exhibit 8A through Exhibit 8D):    EXHIBIT 8D
389Using Data CommunicationData Communication from FOMA Handsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  390Before Using Data Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  391Preparing for Data Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  393Installing Connection Setup File (Drivers) for M1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  393Checking Connection Setup Files (Drivers)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  394Uninstalling M1000 Connection Setup Files (Drivers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  395Preparing for Bluetooth Connection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  396FOMA PC Setup Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  397Installing FOMA PC Setup Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  398Setting up Data Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  399Simple Setting "Packet Data Communication Setting Using Other ISP's" .  402Executing the Set Connection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  406Uninstalling FOMA PC Setup Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  407W-TCP Setting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  408Setting up APN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  410Assigning COM Port  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  412Displaying Dial-up Networking Type  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  412Setting up Dial-up Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  413Setting up Dial-up  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  419Using Dial-up Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42800M1000EN.book  389 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
390Using Data CommunicationData Communication from FOMA HandsetsYou can perform three types of data communication with your FOMA handset and your PC; namely, packet communication, 64K data communication and data transfer PC.Available Data Communication Types2Packet communicationCommunication charges are based on the volume of exchanged data.Suitable when you wish to stay connected to the network and exchange data on an as needed basis.Data can be transmitted with maximum download speed of 384Kbps, maximum upload speed of 64Kbps via network supporting FOMA Packet communication such as "mopera" (DoCoMo's Internet provider service). The M1000 can also be used for data communications overseas by accessing GPRS access points.• Performing large volumes of data communication may result in high charges.264K data communicationCommunication charges are based on the duration of time being connected to the network.Stable 64K bps data transmission can be performed via network supporting FOMA 64K data communication such as "mopera" (DoCoMo's Internet provider service) or synchronized ISDN 64K access points.The M1000 can also be used overseas by accessing CSD data communication supported access points.2Data transferData can be transferred free of charge between a PC and FOMA handset. The FOMA handset can be connected directly using the accompanying USB cable or by connecting the desktop holder to a PC using the USB cable. To transfer data, install the Desktop Suite to the PC. 3P527Connecting the FOMA Handset and PCTo connect your FOMA handset to a PC or PDA either of the following methods can be used.USB Connection2Connect with the accompanying-USB cable 3P414• Separately sold FOMA USB cables can also be used.2Connect with USB cable for PC via Desktop holder 3P415Bluetooth Connection2Connect via Bluetooth 3P419• Device registration is required prior to use. 3P382CautionsInternet Service Provider ChargesYou will be charged by your Internet Service Provider (ISP, hereafter) to connect to the Internet. FOMA Service does not include the ISP fee and it must be paid to the ISP directly. Contact your ISP for further details."mopera", is DoCoMo's free Internet provider service that does not require you to register.Setting up ISP ConnectionISP settings differ between Packet communication and 64K data communication. Select appropriate access points for Packet communication. For 64K data communication, select an access point which supports FOMA 64K data communication or synchronized ISDN 64K.• Connection to DoPa is not supported• Connection to PHS64K/32K Data Communication such as PIAFS is not supported.00M1000EN.book  390 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
391Using Data CommunicationUser Authentication when Accessing the NetworkConnection may require authentication (ID and password). Enter the user ID and password in Dial-up Network when prompted. Contact the network administrator or the ISP to obtain the ID and password, and further details.Prerequisites to Packet Connection and 64K Data CommunicationCommunication using FOMA handsets requires meeting the following conditions. The service, however, may be unavailable even if required conditions are met due to traffic conditions at base stations or radio wave conditions.• PC must support USB cables• For Bluetooth connection, devices such as PC has must comply with Bluetooth Ver1.1 Dial-up Networking Profile standards.• To be within the FOMA service area• For Packet communication, the access point must support FOMA Packet communication• For 64K data communication, the access point (the designated network) must support FOMA 64K data communication or 64K synchronized ISDN.1Data communication terminologiesAPNStands for Access Point Name. Identifies the network to log in (ISP or LAN) for Packet communication. DoCoMo's Internet connection service mopera's APN is "mopera.ne.jp".Bluetooth ON 3P382Bluetooth device registration 3P382cidStands for Context Identifier. APN registration number is registered in FOMA made up of digits 1 to 10. Up to ten APN's can be registered.DNSStands for Domain Name SystemThe system converts an address made up of digits identified by computers to a 'name' such as "mopera.ne.jp" for easier recognition by human.QoSStands for Quality of Service and indicates quality of network service. Data transmission speed can be specified on a FOMA handset.* 3P461*: The actual data speed may vary by depending on network conditions.W-TCPTCP parameters that optimize TCP/IP transmission capability during Packet communication over FOMA network. Optimization of TCP parameters is necessary in order to generate the maximum FOMA communication capabilities.Administrator rights on PCFull access rights to Windows XP and Windows 2000 systems. All other users do not have rights to install drivers (connection setup files).[Before Using Data CommunicationPC System RequirementsPC System requirements for data communication are as follows:*: Required memory and HDD space may depend on PC system specifications.Item RequirementPC main unit • PC-AT compatible machine with a CD-ROM drive• USB Port (Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev1.1/2.0 compliant)• Display Resolutions 800 ×600 dots, High Color(65,536Colors) or higher recommendedOS • Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000, Windows XP (Japanese Version)Memory • Windows 98, Windows Me:32MB or more*• Windows 2000:64MB or more*• Windows XP:128MB or more*HDD space • 5MB of available space or more*00M1000EN.book  391 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
392Using Data CommunicationNOTE• Data communication may not be enabled subject to system properties. DoCoMo does not guarantee proper operations nor respond to inquiries when used with system requirements that are not mentioned above.Connecting PC and FOMA HandsetsSetting up connection with a USB cable is described in this section.The FOMA handset can be connected directly using the accompanying FOMA USB cable or by connecting the desktop holder using the PC USB cable.To Connect Using the Accompanying FOMA USB CableaRemove the cap covering the external connection interface of the FOMA handsetbConnect the accompanying USB connector to a USB port on the PCcMatch the direction of the external connector of the accompanying USB cable with the external connection interface on the FOMA handset and insert the connector straightOnce the connection is established, the FOMA handset displays "USB cable connected".NOTE• Use the accompanying FOMA USB cable or a FOMA USB cable sold separately. Do not use general PC USB cables as the connector interface does not match the shape of FOMA external interface.• Do not apply force to the connector when inserting. The connectors can only be inserted in the correct direction and at the correct angle. When inserted correctly, the connectors can be inserted smoothly. In case of difficulty in inserting confirm the orientation of the connectors.1Removing the USB cableConnecting a General PC USB Cable to a Desktop HolderThe desktop holder enables data communication by connecting the FOMA handset to both the PC and the AC adapter.• Use a general USB cable with connectors that support USB Rev1.1/2.0 Series A compliant.ScreenaPull the USB cable out straight while holding down the release button on the external connector.bPull out the USB cable from PCScreen00M1000EN.book  392 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
393Using Data CommunicationaConnect Desktop holder to a PC by using the PC USB cablebAttach the FOMA handset to the desktop holderSee P54 on how to attach/remove.Preparing for Data CommunicationPreparations for packet communication/64K data communication by connecting the FOMA handset with the PC is described in this section.*: Connection setup file (drivers) installation is not necessary if a Bluetooth modem other than that of FOMA handsets has already been installed. Go on to set up connection details. See P417 to check for an installed Bluetooth modem.1About Connection setup file (drivers) and FOMA PC setup softwareConnection setup file (drivers) and FOMA PC setup software are included in the FOMA M1000 CD-ROM.• M1000 setup file is the driver software for Packet communication, 64K data communication or data transfer used for connecting the FOMA handset with the accompanying FOMA USB cable to a PC. M1000 setup file installs necessary drivers to Windows.• FOMA PC setup software enables easy setup of Packet communication, 64K data communication or Dial up networking.NOTE• If "FOMA M1000 USB" is not displayed in "Uninstall M1000 setup file (drivers) "( 3P418), the installation has failed. Run uninstallation (3P418) and try installation again.• Uninstall driver if PC does not recognize the FOMA handset for some reason and install it again.Installing Connection Setup File (Drivers) for M1000• Install all drivers in one attempt when installing the M1000 setup file. Installation may be unsuccessful if the accompanying FOMA USB cable is pulled out, or if [Cancel] is clicked during installation. If installation is unsuccessful, use uninstall procedures to delete the M1000 setup file by following uninstall procedures (3P418), and try installing again.• Log in as a user with administrator rights when installing the M1000 communication set up file to Windows 2000 or Windows XP. Contact the PC manufacturer or Microsoft regarding operations related to administrator rights settings.Via USB connection Via Bluetooth connection*Install connection setup file (drivers) 3P416Connect the FOMA handset with PC 3P419Install connection setup file (drivers)*3P416Set up connection detailsTo set up using the FOMA PC setup software 3P419To set up without using the FOMA PC setup software 3P436Connect 3P429, P451Disconnect 3P430, P452Screen00M1000EN.book  393 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
394Using Data Communication【仕様未定につき、記載省略します。】Checking Connection Setup Files (Drivers)Checking whether the M1000 setup file is installed properly.aLaunch the “コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel) in Windows1Windows XPClick “スタート” (Start) y “コントロールパネル” (Control Panel)1Windows 2000, Windows Me or Windows 98Click “スタート” (Start) y “設定” (Settings) y “コントロールパネル” (Control Panel)bLaunch the “システム” (Systems) in “コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel)1Windows XPClick “システム” (Systems) in “パフォーマンスとメンテナンス” (Performance and Maintenance)1Windows MeClick “すべてのコントロールパネルのオプションを表示する” (Show all options in Control Panel) if “システム” (Systems) icon is not displayed in the “コントロールパネル” (Control Panel).cLaunch the Device Manager1Windows XP or Windows 2000Click “ハードウェア” (Hardware) tab then click “デバイスマネージャ” (Device Manager).1Windows Me or Windows 98Click “デバイスマネージャ ” (Device Manager) tabdCheck installed driver names by clicking each deviceCheck whether all drivers are listed under “ポート(COMとLPT)” (Port(COM and LPT), “ユニバーサルシリアルバス”(USB)“コントローラ” (USB Controller) and “モデム” (Modem).00M1000EN.book  394 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
395Using Data CommunicationGo to "Using FOMA PC Setup Software" (3P419) if all driver names are found.Connecting with USB*: only for Windows Me/98Connecting with BluetoothNOTE• Upon verifying above, if the list of driver names is incomplete, delete the M1000 setup file by following uninstall procedures, and try installing again.Uninstalling M1000 Connection Setup Files (Drivers)Follow the procedures below when uninstalling of drivers is necessary. The uninstall instructions below are for Windows XP.Device name Driver namePort (COM/LPT) • FOMA M1000 Command Port• FOMA M1000 OBEX PortModem • FOMA M1000(Windows XP)Screen(Windows 2000)Screen(Windows Me, Windows 98)ScreenUniversal Serial Bus (USB) Controller or USB (Universal Serial Bus) Controller•FOMA M1000• FOMA M1000 Command*• FOMA M1000 Modem*• FOMA M1000 OBEX*Device name Driver nameModem To be decidedDevice name Driver name(Windows XP)Screen00M1000EN.book  395 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
396Using Data CommunicationConnecting with USB【仕様未定につき、記載省略します。】Connecting with Bluetooth【仕様未定につき、記載省略します。】Preparing for Bluetooth Connection【仕様未定につき、記載省略します。】00M1000EN.book  396 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
397Using Data CommunicationFOMA PC Setup SoftwarePacket communication or 64K data communication from FOMA handset to PC requires various settings. FOMA PC setup software enables easy configuration simple operations.• Packet communication or 64K data communication can be set up without using FOMA PC setup software. 3P436• See P414 for connection between FOMA handsets and PCSimple settingsFollow the guidance to set up "Create FOMA data communication Dial-up Network" while configuring "W-TCP settings" etc. automatically.W-TCP settingsThe communication settings in PC are optimized before using "FOMA Packet communication".Optimizing W-TCP settings is required in order to maximize connection performance.Setting up Access Point Names (APN)Access Point Names for Packet communication need to be setup.Unlike 64K data communication, FOMA Packet communication does not require use of a telephone number. Register Access Point Names in FOMA handset and connect to the network by designating its registered number (cid) in the access telephone number field."mopera" is pre-registered as mopera.ne.jp, the first in the cid list by default. Set up APNs to connect to other ISP's or LAN's.NOTE• If W-TCP setup software or FOMA data communication setup software not included in the bundled FOMA M1000 CD-ROM have already been installed, uninstall them prior to installing the FOMA PC setup software.Procedures from Installation of FOMA PC Setup Software to Internet ConnectionStep1: Install softwareFOMA PC setup software is installed• Uninstall "old W-TCP setup software", "old APN setup software" or older versions of "FOMA PC setup software" before installing "FOMA PC setup software"."FOMA PC setup software" cannot be installed if "old W-TCP setup software" or "old APN setup Software" is installed.Step2: Prepare before setting upPreparations are conducted prior to setting up• Check that FOMA handset is connected to the PC and is acknowledged by the PC.• See P414 for connecting FOMA handset with PC.• If FOMA handset is not properly acknowledged by PC, various setup and data communication cannot be done. If the FOMA handset is not acknowledged then see P416 to install the connection setup file.Step3: Perform various settingsSetup is done according to the desired type of data communication• Configuring simple settings- Packet communication setting using "mopera" 3P423- Packet communication setting using other Internet Service Providers 3P424- 64K data communication setting using "mopera" 3P427- 64K data communication using other Internet Service Providers 3P428- See P436 onwards for all other settings.Setup 4: ConnectConnection to the Internet is made• See P429 for connection procedures.00M1000EN.book  397 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
398Using Data CommunicationBefore InstallingCheck the system requirements.• Use the FOMA PC setup software under the following system requirements.*: Required memory and HDD space may vary depending on the system configuration of the PC.Installing FOMA PC Setup Software• Log in with the user account with Administrator rights to install ("FOMA PC setup software") on Windows XP or Windows 2000. Contact the PC manufacturer or Microsoft regarding administrator rights setting.• Check that no resident program or application is in use before installation. If any program is in use, click [キャンセル] (Cancel) to end the program and start installation again.a【仕様未定につき、記載省略します。】b【仕様未定につき、記載省略します。】If displayed screens show that old “W-TCP設定ソフト” (W-TCP Setup Software) or old “APN 設定ソフト” (APN Setup Software) are installed, refer to P421.cClick [はい ] (Yes/agree) to agree to the End User License Agreement after readingInstallation will be canceled if [いいえ] (No/disagree)is clicked.dClick [次へ ] (Next) Select whether "W-TCP Setup Software" stays in Task tray or not after setting up. Selecting the checkbox (Remain in Task tray) is recommended for the program to set/release the optimization of "W-TCP communication".Select “タスクトレイに常駐する” (Remain in Task tray) $$ and continue the installation unless you have any particular problem. Settings can be changed by clicking on “メニュー ” (Menu) in FOMA PC setup software and selecting “W-TCP 設定をタスクトレイに常駐させる” (Set W-TCP Software in task tray) even if “ タスクトレイに常駐する” (Stay in task tray) has been deselected. * You are unable to select if “ タスクトレイに常駐する” (Remain in task tray) has been selected.Displays icon in the task tray on the bottom right (normally) of the PC screen.eVerify the installation folder and click [ 次へ ](Next)Click [参照] (Browse) to make changes, specify desired installation folder, and click [次へ] (Next).If HDD lacks space, you can install to a different driver. Otherwise, proceed accordingly.fVerify the folder name and click [ 次へ] (Next)Name the new folder and click [次へ] (Next) if necessary.Item RequirementPC main body • PC-AT CompatibleOS • Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000, Windows XP (Japanese Version)Memory • Windows 98 or Windows Me: 32MB or more*• Windows 2000: 64MB or more*• Windows XP: 128MB or more*HDD Space 5MB or more*Screen00M1000EN.book  398 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
399Using Data CommunicationgClick [ 完了 ] (Done) "FOMA PC setup software" operation screen is launched when setup is complete. Proceed to each setup.Precautions during Installation of FOMA PC Setup Software1If "old W-TCP setup software" is installedThe following message is displayed.Delete “旧W-TCP 設定ソフト” (Older version of W-TCP Setup Software) from Add/Delete Programs in the Control Panel1If "Older version of Access Point Name Setup Software" is installed, the following message is displayed.Click [はい] (Yes) to automatically uninstall the old software followed by the installation of FOMA PC setup software.1If old versions of "FOMA PC setup software" is installedThe following message is displayed.Click [ はい] (Yes) to automatically uninstall the old software followed by the installation of FOMA PC setup software.1If "FOMA PC setup software" is already installedThe Following message is displayed.Click [はい] (Yes) to automatically uninstall the previously installed software followed by the installation of FOMA PC setup software.1When [キャンセル] (Cancel) is clicked during installationWhen [キャンセル] (Cancel) or [いいえ] (No) is clicked during installation, and when selected to not proceed further, the following screen is displayed.Click [継続] (Continue) to proceed with the installation, and [中止] (Cancel) to terminate.Setting up Data CommunicationSettings for Packet communication or 64K data communication is made.• Check that FOMA handset is properly connected to PC before setting up. 3P414Launch FOMA PC Setup SoftwareaClick “ スタート ” (Start) y “ プログラム” (Programs) y “FOMA PC 設定ソフト ” (FOMA PC Setup Software) y FOMA PC 設定ソフト (FOMA PC FOMA PC setup software)ScreenScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  399 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
400Using Data Communication1Windows XPClick “スタート” (Start) y “すべてのプログラム” (All Programs) y “FOMA PC設定ソフト” (FOMA PC setup software) y “FOMA PC設定ソフト” (FOMA PC setup software)FOMA PC setup software is launched and the operation screen is displayed.Packet data communication using "mopera" 3P423Packet data communication using other Internet Service Providers 3P42464K data communication setting using "mopera" 3P42764K data communication using other Internet Service Providers 3P428Simple Setting "Packet Data Communication with mopera"High speed packet data communication with maximum speed of 384kbps via DoCoMo's ISP service called "mopera" is set up.• High speed packet data communication : Maximum downlink speed 384kbps, Maximum uplink speed 64kbps (excluding some models). The charge is based on the volume of exchanged data. You do not need not to worry about the duration of connecting time. This service is based on a best-effort connection where transmission speed is affected by network traffic and communication infrastructure.• Be cautioned that large volume data exchanges such as browsing web sites with images and downloading large files using Packet communication may result in high charges.aClick [かんたん設定 ] (Simple Settings)bSelect “パケット通信 ” (Packet communication) then Click [ 次へ ] (Next)cSelect “mopera 接続 ” (mopera connection) then Click [ 次へ ] (Next)See P424 if you wish to use other ISP than "mopera".dClick [OK]Please wait while the FOMA handset connected to the PC obtains APN setup.ScreenScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  400 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
401Using Data CommunicationeEnter the connection name then Click [ 次へ ] (Next)Specify the desired connection name. Enter a recognizable name in “接続名” (Connection Name) field.This field is case sensitive. Enter name accurately.Invalid characters: ¥ / : * ? ! | " (single byte only) cannot be accepted.fInput username/password then click [次へ ] (Next)When “mopera接続” (mopera connection) is selected, username/password are entry can be omitted.Select user when using Windows XP or Windows 2000.Enter the username and password provided by the ISP. Enter accurately. The fields are case sensitive.gCheck “最適化を行う ” (Optimize) then click [ 次へ ] (Next)"W-TCP Settings" necessary for Packet communication is optimized. This message will not be displayed if it is already optimized.Reboot PC to validate the change.hConfirm settings and Click [ 完了 ] (Done)A list of all setting information is displayed. Check that all settings are properly configured.A shortcut is created automatically if “デスクトップにダイヤルアップのショートカットを作成する ” (Create Dial-up Networking shortcut on desktop) is selected.Click [ 戻る] (Back) to modify setting information.ScreenScreen(Windows XP, Windows 2000)Screen(Windows Me, Windows 98)Screen00M1000EN.book  401 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
402Using Data CommunicationiClick [OK]Reboot PC to validate the changes. Click [はい] (Yes) if prompted by reboot selection screen.Execute the connection 3P429Simple Setting "Packet Data Communication Setting Using Other ISP's"High speed packet data communication with maximum speed of 384kbps is set up.• High speed packet data communication : Maximum downlink speed 384kbps, Maximum uplink speed 64kbps (excluding some models). The charge is based on the volume of exchanged data. You do not need not to worry about the duration of connecting time. This service is based on a best-effort connection where transmission speed is affected by network traffic and communication infrastructure.• Be cautioned that large volume data exchanges such as browsing web sites with images and downloading large files using Packet communication may result in high charges.aClick [かんたん設定 ] (Simple setting)bSelect “パケット通信 ” (Packet communication) then Click [ 次へ ] (Next).cSelect “その他” (Others) then Click [次へ ] (Next)dClick [OK]Please wait while the FOMA handset connected to the PC obtains APN setup.eSet up Packet communicationAfter acquiring handset settings, “パケット通信設定” (Packet communication settings) screen is displayed.Specify a name in the APN input fieldThe field is case sensitive. Enter accurately.Invalid characters: ¥ / : * ? !<> | " (single byte only) cannot be acceptedIf “発信者番号通知を行う” (display ID number) is selected, Phone number. will be notified to the receiver while making a call.mopera.ne.jp is set by default in the “接続先(APN)の選択” (Select APN) field.fSet up APNmopera.ne.jp is pre-registered by default as the first cid.Click [追加] (Add) to display “接続先(APN)の追加” (Add APN) to specify the desired APN in the field. The APN must support FOMA Packet communication. Click [OK]. You are reverted to the “接続先(APN)設定” (set up APN) screen.Only single byte alphanumerical characters, (-) dash, and (.) full stop, can be entered in the APN field.Up to 10 cid can be registered.• Select “PDP-PPP 方式” (PDP-PPP connection) or “PDP-IP方式 ” (PDP-IP connection) from “ダイヤルアップ種別” (Dial-up Networking types) if field “ダイヤルアップの表示” (Display Dial-up Networking) is set to “全表示” (Display all) 3P435ScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  402 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
403Using Data CommunicationgConfigure Advanced Settings (TCP/IP)Click [詳細情報の設定] (Advanced settings) in “パケット通信設定” (Packet communication settings) to display “IP アドレス” (IP Address) and “ネームサーバー ” (Name Server) setting screen. Input necessary information related to ISP and LAN Dial-up Networking where required.hSelect APN then click [OK]Back to Step 5.The APN list set in Step 6 is displayed in the “接続先(APN)の選択” (Select APN) dialog.iVerify connection with designation (APN) in “接続先 (APN) の選択 ” (Select APN) menu then click [次へ ] (Next)jSet username and password then click [次へ ] (Next)In Windows XP or Windows 2000, select user.username and password provided by ISP must be entered correctly. Note that fields are case sensitive.kSelect “最適化を行う ” (Optimize) then click [ 次へ ] (Next)“W-TCP 設定 ” (W-TCP setting) necessary for Packet communication is optimized. This screen is not displayed if already optimized. (Proceed to step12)lVerify setting information then click [完了 ] (Done)All configured settings are listed. Verify that there are no errors in the setup information.A shortcut on desktop will be created automatically if “デスクトップにダイヤルアップのショートカットを作成する” (Create Dial-up Networking shortcut on desktop) is selected.Click [ 戻る] (Back) to change settingsmClick [OK]Reboot PC to validate changes. Click [はい] (Yes) if prompted by the reboot selection screen.Execute the connection 3P429Screen(Windows XP, Windows 2000)Screen(Windows Me, Windows 98)ScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  403 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
404Using Data CommunicationSimple Settings "64K Data Communication Setting Using mopera"64Kbps data communication is set up. DoCoMo's ISP "mopera" is used.• Charges are based on the duration of connecting timeaClick [かんたん設定 ] (Simple setting)bSelect “64K データ通信 ” (64K data communication) then click [ 次へ ] (Next).cSelect “mopera 接続 ” (mopera connection) then click [ 次へ ] (Next)See P428 to use ISP connection other than "mopera"dEnter APN and select modem then click [次へ ] (Next)“64K データ通信設定” (64K Data communication) dialog is displayed. Specify a name as you wish in “接続名” (Connection) field.This field is case sensitive. Enter name accurately.Invalid characters: ¥ / : * ? ! < > | " (single byte only) are not accepted.Select "FOMA M1000" for modem name.eSet username and password then click [ 次へ ] (Next)User may ignore this step if mopera connection is selected.In Windows XP or Windows 2000, select a user.Setup information provided by ISP must be entered correctly. Note that fields are case sensitive.ScreenScreenScreenScreen(Windows XP, Windows 2000)Screen(Windows Me, Windows 98)00M1000EN.book  404 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
405Using Data CommunicationfVerify setup information then click [完了 ] (Done)All configured settings are listed. Verify that there are no errors in the setting information.A shortcut on desktop is created automatically if “デスクトップにダイヤルアップのショートカットを作成する” (Create Dial-up Networking shortcut on desktop) is selected.Click [ 戻る] (Back) to change settings.gClick [OK]Execute the connection 3P429Simple Setting "64K Data Communication with Other ISP"Setting is performed for 64K data communication at 64Kbps.• Charges are based on duration of time connected.aClick [ かんたん設定 ] (Simple setting)bSelect “64K データ通信 ” (64K data communication) then click [ 次へ ] (Next)cSelect “その他 ” (Other) then click [次へ ] (Next)dEnter Dial-up Networking information then click [ 次へ ] (Next)If connecting to another ISP that possesses synchronized ISDN 64K access points, the following information need to be registered.- Connection name (optional)- Modem selection (FOMA M1000)- Dial-up phone numberConnection name must be entered. The field is case sensitive. Enter accurately. Note that fields are case sensitive. Invalid characters: ¥ / : * ? ! < > | " (single byte only)When using the accompanying FOMA-USB cable, select "FOMA M1000" (FOMA M1000) as modem.Enter the information provided by ISP correctly. The fields are case sensitive and accept only single byte characters. The phone number is notified once connected if “発信者番号通知を行う” (Display caller ID) is selected.eConfiguring Advanced setting (TCP/IP setting)Click “詳細情報の設定” (Advanced setting) to display “IPアドレス” (IP Address) and “ネームサーバー ” (Name Server) setting dialog. Input necessary information related to ISP or LAN Dial-up Networking where required.fSet up username and password then click [ 次へ ] (Next)In Windows XP or Windows 2000, select a user.ScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  405 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
406Using Data CommunicationSet username and password information accurately according to the information provided by the ISP. The fields are case sensitive.gVerify setup information then click [完了 ] (Done)A list of all settings is displayed. Check that all settings are properly configured.A shortcut is created automatically if “デスクトップにダイヤルアップのショートカットを作成する” (Create Dial-up Networking shortcut on desktop) is selected. Click [戻る] (Back) to change settings.hClick [OK]Execute the connection 3See rightExecuting the Set ConnectionConnection and disconnection using the settings configured with the FOMA PC Setup software is described in this section.• Connection from dial-up icon is valid only for the FOMA handset used to configure with the icon. Install connection setup file again if connecting with another FOMA handset.aClick connection icon on the PCbClick [ダイヤル ] (Dial) and connectClick “ダイヤル” (Dial) without entering the “ユーザ名” (Username)and “パスワード” (Password) if mopera is selected. Enter “ユーザ名” (Username)and “パスワード” (Password) and click “ダイヤル” (dial) if another ISP or dial up connection is selected.No need to enter password again if “パスワードを保存する” (Save password) is selected.cClick [OK] upon verifying connectionThe Following screen is displayed when connecting the dial up normally.• The message is not displayed if “接続” (connection) has been set to hide the message previously.Screen(Windows XP, Windows 2000)Screen(Windows Me, Windows 98)ScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  406 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
407Using Data CommunicationDisconnectingClosing the web browser does not always guarantee disconnection from the network. Disconnect the connection by following the steps below.aClick dial up icon in task tray on PC screenThe connection screen is displayed.bClick [ 切断 ] (Disconnect)NOTE• The displayed data speed on the PC may be different from the actual speed.Uninstalling FOMA PC Setup SoftwareBefore UninstallationUndo all changes made for the FOMA handset settings before uninstalling the FOMA PC setup software.aDisable “W-TCP 設定 ” (W-TCP setting) in task trayRight click on the “W-TCP アイコン” (W-TCP icon) in the task tray, and click “常駐させない” (terminate in task tray).bTerminating active programsThe following messages will be displayed if uninstallation is attempted while “FOMA PC設定ソフト ” (FOMA PC Setup software) or “W-TCP 設定” (W-TCP setting) is running. Stop uninstalling and close all active programs.UninstallingaLaunch “ アプリケーションの追加と削除 ” (Add/Remove Programs) in Windows1Windows XPClick “スタート” (Start) y “コントロールパネル” (Control Panel) y “プログラムの追加と削除 ” (Add/Remove Programs)1Windows Me, Windows 98 or Windows 2000Click “スタート” (Start) y “設定” (Settings) y “コントロールパネル” (Control Panel) y “プログラムの追加と削除” (Add/Remove Programs)"アプリケーションの追加と削除のプロパティ ” (Add/Remove Applications properties) will be displayed in Windows Me or Windows 98.Dial up iconScreenRight clickClickScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  407 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
408Using Data CommunicationbSelect “FOMA PC 設定ソフト ” (FOMA PC Setup software) y click [変更と削除 ] (Change/Delete)cVerify the program to delete  y click [はい ] (Yes)Uninstallation begins.dClick [OK] Installation of FOMA PC setup software is completed.1Disabling “W-TCP 最適化” (Optimizing W-TCP)Displays following message if “W-TCP 最適化” (Optimizing W-TCP) is performed.Click [はい] (Yes) to uninstallOptimization of W-TCP is disabled after PC is rebooted.W-TCP SettingW-TCP Roles“W-TCP設定” (W-TCP Setting) is a "TCP Parameters setting tool" to optimize TCP/IP performance for Packet communication in FOMA network.Setting this software is required to fully utilize FOMA handset communication performance.Setting/Disabling the Optimization.Windows XPEach Dial-up Networking can be optimized separately in Windows XP.aLaunch the program1To operate from FOMA PC Setup softwareClick [W-TCP 設定] (W-TCP setting) in “マニュアル設定” (Manual setting) after launching the program1To operate from task trayClick W-TCP icon in task tray.Select “NTT DoCoMo FOMA PC設定ソフト ” (NTT FOMA PC Setup software)Click hereScreenScreenScreenScreenScreenScreenLeft Click00M1000EN.book  408 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
409Using Data CommunicationbConduct the following operations1When system setting is not optimized Click [最適化を行う] (Optimize) "(W-TCP (Dial-up Networking) setting)" is displayed. Select the desired Dial-up Networking and click [実行] (Execute) to optimize system setting or Dial-up Networking.System setting is optimized after PC is rebooted by following the instructions displayed.1When system setting is already optimized“W-TCP(ダイヤルアップ)設定” (W-TCP (Dial-up Networking) setting) is displayed. Perform necessary settings to make changes.System setting is optimized after PC is rebooted by following the instructions displayed.1When disabling optimizationaClick [システム設定] (System setting) in “W-TCP 設定” (W-TCP setting)bClick [最適化を解除する ] (Disable optimization)Optimization is disabled after PC is rebooted by following the instructions displayed.Windows Me, Windows 2000 or Windows 98aLaunch program1When operating from FOMA “PC 設定ソフト” (FOMA PC Setup software)Click [W-TCP 設定] (W-TCP setting) in “マニュアル設定” (Manual setting) after launching program1When operating from Task trayClick (W-TCP icon) in task tray.bConduct the following operations1If it is not optimizedClick [最適化を行う] (Optimize)ScreenScreenScreenLeft Click00M1000EN.book  409 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
410Using Data CommunicationOptimization is enabled after PC is rebooted by following the instructions displayed.1If it is already optimized“現在、最適化されています。” (Already optimized) message is displayed in “W-TCP設定” (W-TCP Setting)Click [最適化を解除する] (Disable optimization) to disable settings resulting from transmission with devices other than the FOMA handset.Optimization is disabled after PC is rebooted by following the instructions displayed.Setting up APNAPN for Packet communication is set up.Up to 10 APN numbers can be set up. Numbers from 1 to 10 can be assigned to the cid's.The cid is used to specify connection for Packet communication."mopera" is pre-registered as 1 in the cid list by default. Other APNs must be assigned a number from in 2 to 10.• Check that FOMA handset is properly connected to PC before setting up 3P414aClick [接続先 (APN)設定] (APN Setting) after launching “FOMA PC設定ソフト ” (FOMA PC Setup software)bClick [OK] in FOMA handset setting screen.Load registered APN information by accessing connected FOMA handset automatically.• Launching is disabled if FOMA handset is not connectedcSetting up APNScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  410 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
411Using Data CommunicationAdding/Editing/Deleting APN1When Adding an APNClick [追加] (Add) in “接続先(APN)設定” (APN Setting)1When Editing registered APNSelect desired APN from list in “接続先(APN)設定” (APN Setting) yClick [編集] (Edit)• You can select from “PDP-PPP 方式” (PDP-PPP connection)or “PDP-IP方式” (PDP-IP connection) to add/edit an APN if “ ダイヤルアップの表示” (Display Dial-up Networking) is set to “全表示” (Display all) 3P4351When Deleting registered APNSelect desired APN from list in “接続先(APN)設定” (APN Setting) yClick [削除] (Delete)• APN Registered in cid 1 cannot be deleted.Saving Setting Information info a fileAPN setting information registered in FOMA handset can be backed up, and APN setting information in edit mode can be saved.aClick ファイル (File) y “ 名前を付けて保存 ” (Save as)/“ 上書き保存 ” (Save) in “ 接続先 (APN)設定” (APN Setting)Loading APN Setting Information from FileAPN setting saved in PC can be re-edited and written to FOMA handset.aClick “ ファイル ” (File) y “ 開く ” (Open)in “接続先 (APN)設定” (APN setting)Writing APN Setting Information to FOMA HandsetDisplayed APN setting can be written to FOMA handset aClick FOMA“端末へ設定を書き込む” (Save in FOMA handset) in “ 接続先”(APN)設定 (APN setting)Loading APN Setting in FOMA HandsetAPN setting can be retrieved by manually accessing the FOMA handsetaClick “ファイル” (File) y “FOMA端末からの設定を取得 ” (Retrieve setting from FOMA handset) in “ 接続先(APN)設定” (APN setting)Creating Dial-up NetworkingDial-up Networking for Packet communication can be created from an added/edited APN in “接続先(APN)設定” (APN setting), and be saved in FOMA handset.aSelect an added/edited APN in “接続先(APN)設定” (APN Setting), and click [ ダイヤルアップ作成 ] (Create Dial-up Networking)Write to FOMA handset confirmation screen is displayed.bClick [ はい ] (Yes)“パケット通信用ダイヤルアップの作成” (Create Dial-up Networking for Packet communication) is displayed• Perform Step 5 if mopera is selected as the APN.cEnter desired APN name and click “アカウント・パスワードの設定 ” (Setting up account /password)dEnter username and password then click [OK]• In Windows XP or Windows 2000, a user is selected.•Click [詳細情報の設定] (Advanced setting) in “パケット通信用ダイヤルアップの作成” (Create Dial-up Networking for Packet communication) if IP address and DNS setting are provided by your ISP. Then click [OK] after registering required information.00M1000EN.book  411 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
412Using Data CommunicationeClick [FOMA 端末へ設定を書き込む ] (Write settings to FOMA handset) and perform writingNOTE• APN information are stored in FOMA handset. To connect another FOMA handset set up APN again.• If you wish to continue to use the same APN as that registered in the PC, register the APN to the same number (cid) in the FOMA handset.• If the COM port connecting the FOMA handset is recognized by the PC as greater than COM20 then loading and writing of APN information is disabled. In these cases, use “ハイパーターミナル” (Hyper Handset) which is accompanied with Windows. 3P440Assigning COM PortThe COM port of the PC is assigned to the FOMA handset to manually perform connection setting. This COM port can be changed. Normally, however, set it to “自動設定(推奨)” (Auto setting (recommended)) .aClick “メニュー” (Menu) y “ 通信設定” (Connection setting) after launching programSet up screen is displayed.bSelect “COM ポート指定 ” (Assign COM port) , and assign COM PortCOM Port number is displayed in COM.cClick [OK] Assigned COM Port is set up.• Use “ハイパーターミナル” (Hyper terminal)  which is accompanied with Windows to check COM port 3P440Displaying Dial-up Networking TypeSelect from “PDP-PPP方式 ” (PDP-PPP connection)or “PDP-IP 方式” (PDP-IP connection)* from Dial-up Networking type if “ダイヤルアップの表示” (Display Dial-up Networking) is set to “ 全表示” (Display all). Select “PPPのみ表示 (PDP-IP方式のみ表示/設定可)” (Display only PPP (Display/Set up only PDP-IP connection)) normally.*: “PDP-PPP方式” (PDP-PPP connection) is Packet communication using Point-to-Point protocol. “PDP-PPP方式 ” (PDP-PPP connection) is used to connect to mopera (mopera)etc. Contact your ISP or network administrator to check connection protocol of APN.aClick “メニュー” (Menu) y “ 通信設定” (Connection setting) after launching programSet up screen is displayed.bSelect “PPP のみ表示 ”(Display only PPP)/“ 全表示 (Display All)” in “ダイヤルアップの表示 ” (Display Dial-up Networking)cClick [OK]ScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  412 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
413Using Data CommunicationSetting up Dial-up NetworkingYou can set up Dial-up Networking for Packet communication/64K data connection without using FOMA PC setup software. The flow is explained below.1AT CommandsAT Commands consist of commands for controlling modems.The FOMA handset supports standard AT commands, some extended commands and proprietary AT commands.• Detailed settings of “データ通信” (data connection) or FOMA handset can be checked with AT Command entries.NOTE•Set *9601 as connection number when using DoCoMo's ISP "mopera" for 64K data connection. •Set “発信者番号の通知/非通知 ” (Caller ID display ON/OFF) as required. Set to 通知 (ON) to use "mopera".•Set “その他の設定” (Other settings) as required. FOMA is operational with default settings.• Contact your ISP or network administrator for further setup details.Checking COM PortYou are required to specify COM port number assigned to "FOMA M1000" (modem) embedded after installation of connection setup file when setting up the APN. This section explains about procedures to verify COM Port number.The verified COM port is used for APN setting (3P440).• There is no need to check modem when if using DoCoMo's ISP "mopera" APN setup is not necessary, then. Proceed to “ 発信者番号の通知/非通知を設定します” (Display/hide caller ID) (3P442)1About APN and cidUnlike 64K data connection, a regular telephone number is not used for Packet communication. APN is used instead.• The (cid) registration number 1 to 10 are registered in FOMA handsets as part of the APN when APN numbers are set up.• APN is managed by cid (registration number from 1 to 10). Entering (*99***<cid number>#) connects to the corresponding APN.• "mopera" is pre-registered to 1 in the cid list by default as ("mopera.ne.jp"). "mopera" can Set up Packet communicationSet up 64K data connectionHow to attach 3P414Install connection setup file (driver). 3P416Check COM portCheck COM port. 3P437Set up APNSet up APN 3P440• Set up is not required with "mopera".Set up caller IDSet up to display/hide caller ID. 3P442Other settingsPerform other settings. (AT Command) 3P453Set up Dial-up Networking• Contact your ISP or network administrator for further setup details.• Windows XP usersSet up APN 3P438• Windows 2000 usersSet up APN 3P439• Windows Me usersSet up APN. 3P439• Windows 98 usersSet up APN. 3P439Connect Dial-up Networking 3P45100M1000EN.book  413 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
414Using Data Communicationeasily be used by entering the number (*99***1#). Use cid 2 to 10 to register other APNs.• APNs can be registered like registering contact information to a mobile phone. The table below summarizes differences and similarities when compared to a contact list in a mobile phone.Checking COM Port in Windows XPaClick “スタート ” (Start) y “ コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel)bClick “プリンタとその他のハードウェア ” (Printer and other hardware) in “コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel) y “ 電話とモデムのオプション ” (Telephone and modem options)cEnter “ 市外局番/エリアコード ” (Area code) if “ 所在地情報 ” (Location information) is displayed, and click [OK]dClick “モデム ” (Modem) tab. Checking COM port in “接続先 ” (Connection) list of FOMA M1000, and click [OK]The verified COM port is used for APN setup.Item to compare APN SettingContact list in handsetRegistration data APN Phone numbercid Memory number in contact list–Name of intended partyRegistration processRegistration via PC○(Using FOMA PC Setup software)○ (Using dedicated software)Registration via mobile phone× (Unable to confirmed)○How to use Specify cid and connectSearch contact list and call–Enter phone number and dial from FOMA handsetScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  414 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
415Using Data Communication• Displayed messages and COM port numbers may vary depending on your PC. Checking COM Port in Windows 2000aClick “ スタート ” (Start) y “ 設定 ” (Settings) y “コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel)bClick “ 電話とモデムのオプション ” (Telephone and modem options) in “コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel)cEnter “市外局番 ” (Area code) then click [OK] if “ 所在地情報 ” (Location information) is displayeddClick “ モデム ” (Modem) tab and check COM port in “ 接続先 ” (Connection) list of FOMA M1000 (FOMA M1000). Click [OK]The verified COM port number is used for APN Setup.• Displayed message and COM port number may vary depending on your PC.Checking COM Port in Windows Me/98aClick “ スタート ” (Start) y “ 設定 ” (Settings) y “コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel)ScreenScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  415 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
416Using Data CommunicationbClick [モデム ] (Modem) in “コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel)If “モデム ” (modem) icon is not displayed, click “すべてのコントロールパネルのオプションを表示する” (Display all options in control panel).cCheck that FOMA M1000 is properly set up then click “ 検出結果 ” (More Info on the Diagnostics) tabdCheck COM port to which FOMA M1000 is set up and click [OK]The verified COM port number is used for APN Setup.• Displayed message and COM port number may vary depending on your PC.Setting up APNConnection software for AT commands is required to set up APN.Setup procedures using Hyperterminal in Windows is explained in this section.• APN for Packet communication is set up. Up to 10 APNs with registration number <cid> 1to10(3P437) can be set up.• "mopera" is pre-registered to 1 in the cid list by default as "mopera.ne.jp". Registration numbers 2 to 10 are recommended for use with other APNs.• The registered cid is used as the connection number for the APN setting up Dial-up Networking.• Inquire your network administrator or ISP regarding APN's other than mopera.• AT commands may not be displayed in Hyperterminal from Step 6 P441 onwards.• Entering in the following manner:•ATE1 • Displays AT commands.<Example: in Windows XP>aConnect FOMA handset with accompanying USB cable 3P414bTurn on FOMA handset and connect the other end of the USB cable to PCScreenScreenDefault setting cid1:mopera.ne.jp cid2~10: neverScreen00M1000EN.book  416 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
417Using Data CommunicationcClick “ スタート ” (Start) y “ すべてのプログラム ” (All Programs) y “アクセサリ ” (Accessories) y “通信 ” (Communication) y “ハイパーターミナル ” (Hyperterminal)Hyperterminal is launched.1In Windows Me or Windows 2000On the PC, click “スタート” (Start) y“プログラム” (Program) y“アクセサリ” (Accessories) y “通信” (Communication) y “ハイパーターミナル” (Hyperterminal)1In Windows98Click Hypertrm.exe after clicking “ハイパーターミナル” (Hyperterminal)dEnter desired name in 名前 (name) and click [OK]Enter name as "sample" here as an exampleeSelect FOMA M1000 in “ 接続方法 ” (Connection method) then click [OK]1When COM port in FOMA M1000 can be selectedClick [OK] in COM port properties.• To check COM port number selected in “接続方法” (Connection method) (3P437), perform “COMポートを確認する” (Check COM Port)1When COM port in FOMA M1000 cannot be selectedaClick [キャンセル] (Cancel)“接続の設定” (Set up connection) screen is closed.bClick “ファイル” (File) and select “プロパティ ” (Properties)cSelect FOMA M1000 in “接続方法” (Connection method) of “接続の設定” (Set up connection) tab of “sampleのプロパティ” (Sample properties) screendDeselect OFF “国/地域番号と市外局番を使う” (Use country code and area code)eClick [OK] fEnter APN then press Enter in the following formatAT+CGDCONT=<cid>,"PPP", "APN"If a cid is already set up, not that the new CID overwrites the previous setting.Screen<cid> : Enter desired number between 2 to 10"APN": Enter APN with double quotation mark"PPP" : Enter "PPP" as isScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  417 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
418Using Data CommunicationAPN setup is complete if OK is displayed.Example: When XXX.abc is set up in cid 2Enter "AT+CGDCONT=2,"PPP","XXX.abc"$$"gCheck that if OK is displayed, and click “ファイル ” (File) y “ ハイパーターミナルの終了 ” (End Hyperterminal)Hyperterminal is closed.Saving is not necessary when confirm save screen is displayed.1When APN settings are reset with AT command• cid=1 is reset to mopera.ne.jp (default value), and cid=2 to 10 is unregistered.<Input method>AT+CGDCONT=  (When resetting all cids)AT+CGDCONT=<cid>  (When resetting a specific cid)1When checking APN with AT command• Display current settings<Input method>AT+CGDCONT?1When nothing is displayed as AT command is entered<Input method>ATE 1Notifying/Hiding Caller ID• Caller ID can be turned on or off to enable/disable notifying Caller ID to the designator during packet connection. Use caller ID with care. Your caller ID is valuable information. • Caller ID can be set up with AT command before performing Dial-up Networking• Use *DGPIR command to setup caller ID to notify or hide, or to reset to “設定なし” (None) (default value) (3P454)aLaunch “ハイパーターミナル ” (Hyperterminal)bSet up caller ID display during Packet communicationEnter in the following format "AT*DGPIR=<n>"1To Append 184 (hiding caller ID) automatically when calling or answering Enter AT*DGPIR=11To Append 186 (notifying caller ID) automatically when calling or answeringEnter AT*DGPIR=2cClick “ファイル ” (File) y “ハイパーターミナルの終了 ” (End Hyperterminal) if [OK] is displayedDefault setting NotifyScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  418 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
419Using Data Communication1Setting up 186(Notify)/184(Hide) in Dial-up Networking186/184 can also be appended to a number in Dial-up Networking.* When 186/184 are setup in both DGPIR and Dial-up Networking, the applicable settings are described in the following table. NOTE•Enter AT*DGPIR=0 to reset caller ID setup with DGPIR command to "Never".• Set caller ID setting to "Notify" when using "mopera", DoCoMo's ISP service.Setting up Dial-up<Example: Connecting to "mopera" using <cid>=1>• Contact your ISP or network administrator to setup and connect with another ISP.Setting up Dial-up Connection in Windows XPaClick “ スタート ” (Start) y “ すべてのプログラム ” (All Programs) y “ アクセサリ ” (Accessories) y “通信 ” (Communications) y “新しい接続 ”“ウィザード ” (New connection wizard)bClick [ 次へ ] (Next) in “新しい接続ウィザード ” (New connection wizard)cSelect “インターネットに接続する ” (Connecting to the Internet), and click [ 次へ ] (Next)Dial-up Networking setup (when cid=1)*Caller ID display setting with DGPIR commandNotify/hide caller ID*99***1# Never NotifyHide HideNotify Notify184*99***1# Never Hide (Priority given to 184 setup in Dial-up Networking)HideNotify186*99***1# Never Notify (Priority given to 186 setup in Dial-up Networking)HideNotifyScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  419 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
420Using Data CommunicationdSelect “接続を手動でセットアップする” (Setting up connection manually) then click [ 次へ ] (Next)eSelect “ダイヤルアップモデムを使用して接続する ” (Connection with dial-up modem) then click [次へ ] (Next)f“デバイスの選択 ” (Select device) is displayed, select “ モデム− FOMA M1000(COMx)” (Modem-FOMA M1000 (COMx)) then click [ 次へ] (Next)“デバイスの選択” (Select device) is only displayed when multiple modems are installed. (COMx) is COM Port number displayed in “COMポートの確認” (Checking COM Port) (3P437)gEnter desired name in “ISP 名” (ISP name) then click [次へ ] (Next)hEnter APN number in “ 電話番号 ” (Phone number) then click [次へ ] (Next)iLeave “ユーザー名” (Username), “パスワード ” (Password) and “パスワードの確認入力 ” (Confirm password) blank, and click [次へ ] (Next)Entering of username and password is not required for "mopera"Enter “ ユーザー名 ” (Username), “パスワード” (Password) and “パスワードの確認入力” (Confirm password) provided by your ISP or network administrator if connecting to another ISP.ScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  420 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
421Using Data CommunicationjClick [ 完了 ] (Done)Displays newly created connection wizard. kClick “ スタート ” (Start) y “ すべてのプログラム ” (All Programs) y “アクセサリ ” (Accessories) y “通信 ” (Communication) y “ネットワーク接続 ” (Network connection)lSelect icon of newly created dial up, and click “ファイル” (File) y “ プロパティ” (Properties)mCheck setting in “ 全般 ” (General) tabVerify that “モデム−FOMA M1000” (Modem-FOMA M1000) in “接続の方法” (Connection method) is selected if 2 or more modems are connected to your PC. Select if it is deselected.Verify that “ ダイヤル情報を使う” (Use dial up information) is not selected. Deselect OFF if selected.nClick “ ネットワーク ” (Network) tab and perform each setup.Select PPP:Windows 95/98/NT4/2000, Internet in “呼び出すダイヤルアップサーバーの種類 ” (Dial up server)Select “インターネットプロトコル(TCP/IP)” (Internet protocol(TCP/IP)) in “この接続は次の項目を使用します” (Use following items in this connection)• Settings to cannot be changed in “QoSパケットスケジューラ” (QoS Packet Scheduler)oClick [ 設定 ] (Setting)ScreenScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  421 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
422Using Data CommunicationpDeselect all checkboxes then click [OK]qClick [OK] in “ ネットワーク ” (Network) tab screenSetting up Dial-up Networking in Windows 2000aClick “スタート ” (Start) y “ プログラム” Program) y “アクセサリ ” (Accessories) y “通信 ” (Communication) y “ネットワークとダイヤルアップ接続 ” (Network and dial up connection)bClick “新しい接続の作成 ” (Create new connection) icon in “ ネットワークとダイヤルアップ接続 ” (Network and dial up connection)cEnter “ 市外局番 ” (Area code) then click [OK] if “ 所在地情報 ” (Location information) is displayed“所在地情報” (Location information) is displayed when launching “新しい接続の作成” (Create new connection) for the first time in Step2.From the second launch onwards, this is not displayed. “ネットワークの接続ウィザード” (Network connection wizard) is displayed instead. Proceed to Step5 when displayed.dClick [OK] in “ 電話とモデムのオプション ” (Telephone and modem option)eClick [次へ ] (Next) in “ネットワークの接続ウィザード ” (Network connection wizard)fSelect “インターネットにダイヤルアップ接続する ” (Dial up connection to the Internet) then click [ 次へ ] (Next)ScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  422 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
423Using Data CommunicationgSelect “インターネット接続を手動で設定するか、またはローカルエリアネットワーク (LAN) を使って接続します ” (Connect to the Internet manually or via Local Area Network(LAN)) then click [次へ ] (Next)hSelect “電話回線とモデムを使ってインターネットに接続します ” (Connect to the Internet with telephone line and modem) then click [次へ ] (Next)iVerify that FOMA M1000 is displayed in “インターネットへの接続に使うモデムを選択する ” (Select modem for Internet connection) then click[次へ ] (Next)Select FOMA M1000 if FOMA M1000 is not displayed.• The following message is not displayed if modems other than FOMA M1000 are not installed.jEnter APN number in “電話番号 ” (Telephone number) then click [ 詳細設定 ] (Advanced setting)Deselect “市外局番とダイヤル情報を使う” (Use area code and dial up information).kSet each settings in “ 接続 ” (Connection) tab then click “ アドレス” (Address) tab as shownEnter the information provided by your ISP in “ 接続の種類” (Connection type) and “ログオンの手続き” (Log on process)ScreenScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  423 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
424Using Data Communicationl Click “アドレス” (Address) tab, and set IP address or DNS (Domain Name Service) as shown the click [OK]Enter the information such as “IPアドレス” (IP address) or “ISPによるDNSアドレスの自動割り当て” (DNS(Domain Name Service) address auto-assigned by ISP) provided by your ISP or network administrator in order to connect to an ISP other than "mopera".mClick [次へ ] (Next) in “インターネットアカウントの接続情報 ” (Internet accounts set up information)nLeave “ユーザー名” (Username) and “パスワード” (Password) blank then click [次へ ] (Next)Username and password confirmation screens are continuously displayed. Click [OK] in each screenUsername and password are not required for "mopera".Enter “ユーザー名” (Username) and “ パスワード” (Password) provided by your ISP or network administrator in order to connect to an ISP other than "mopera".oEnter the desired name in “ 接続名 ” (Connection) then click [次へ] (Next)pSelect “いいえ ” (No) then click [次へ ] (Next)qDeselect “今すぐインターネットに接続するにはここを選び [ 完了 ] をクリックしてください ” (Select here and click [Done] to connect to the Internet now) then click [完了 ] (Done)ScreenScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  424 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
425Using Data CommunicationrSelect newly created dial up icon, then click “ ファイル ” (File) y “ プロパティ” (Properties)sCheck settings in “ 全般 ” (General) tabCheck if “モデム”−FOMA M1000 (Modem-FOMA M1000) in “接続の方法” (Connection method) is selected when 2 or more modems are connected to PC. Select if it is deselected. Verify that “ダイヤル情報を使う” (Use for dial up information) is deselected. Deselect if it is selected. tClick “ ネットワーク ” (Network) tab, and perform each setupSelect PPP:FWindows 95/98/NT4/2000, Internet in “呼び出すダイヤルアップサーバーの種類” (Dial up server).Select only “インターネットプロトコル(TCP/IP)” (Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)) for component.uClick [ 設定 ] (Setting)vDeselect all settings, then click [OK]wClick [OK] in “ ネットワーク ” (Network) tabSetting up Dial-up Networking in Windows Me/Windows 98aClick “ スタート ” (Start) y “ プログラム” (Program) y “アクセサリ ” (Accessories) y “通信 ” (Communication) y “ダイヤルアップネットワーク ” (Dial-up Networking)bClick [ 次へ ] (Next) in “ダイヤルアップネットワークへようこそ ” (Welcome to Dial-up Networking)This message is displayed when launching Dial-up Networking for the first time. Click [次へ] (Next) to proceed to Step 4.From the second time onwards, this is not displayed. “ダイヤルアップネットワーク”(Dial-up Networking) in Step 3 is displayed instead.ScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  425 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
426Using Data CommunicationcClick “新しい接続 ” (New connection) icon in “ダイヤルアップネットワーク ” (Dial-up Networking)dEnter desired name in “接続名 ” (Connection name) then click [次へ] (Next)Verify that FOMA M1000 is displayed in “モデムの選択” (Select modem).•Select FOMA M1000 if FOMA M1000 is not displayed.eEnter APN number in “ 電話番号 ” (Telephone number), then click [次へ] (Next)Leave 市外局番 (Area code) blank.fCheck connection name (Desired) then click [ 完了 ] (Done)gClick スタート (Start) y “ プログラム” (Program) y “アクセサリ ” (Accessories) y “通信 ” (Communication) y “ダイヤルアップネットワーク ” (Dial-up Networking)ScreenScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  426 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
427Using Data CommunicationhSelect newly created Dial-up Networking icon then click “ ファイル” (File) y “プロパティ” (Properties)iSelect “電話番号 ” (Phone number) and “接続方法 ” (Connection method) in “ 全般 ” (General) tab. Deselect “市外局番とダイヤルのプロパティを使う ” (Use properties in area code and dial)Verify that FOMA M1000 is displayed in “接続方法 ” (Connection method)• Select FOMA M1000 if FOMA M1000 is not displayedjClick “ ネットワーク ” (Network) tab and perform various settings.Select “PPP:インターネット,Windows 2000/NT,Windows Me” (PPP:Internet, Windows 2000/NT, Windows Me) in “ダイヤルアップサーバーの 種類” (Dial up server)Select only  “ インターネットプロトコル”(TCP/IP) (Internet protocol (TCP/IP)) for component.1In Windows 98Click “サーバーの種類” (Server type) tab and perform various settings.Select “PPP:インターネット, Windows NT Server, Windows 98” (PPP:Internet, Windows NT Server, Windows 98) in “ダイヤルアップサーバーの種類” (Dial up server).Select only  “インターネットプロトコル”(TCP/IP) (Internet protocol (TCP/IP)) for component.kClick “ セキュリティ” (Security) tab, and click [OK] without entering Username and passwordEntering of Username and password is not required for "mopera".Enter “ユーザー名” (Username) and “ パスワード” (Password) provided by your ISP or network administrator for other ISP in order to connect to an ISP other than "mopera". 1In Windows 98Click [OK]ScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  427 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
428Using Data CommunicationUsing Dial-up NetworkingUsing Dial-up Networking for Packet communication and 64K data connection without the use of FOMA PC setup software is explained in this section. • Check that your FOMA handset is properly connected to your PC before connecting.Check connection between FOMA handset and PC prior to establishing Bluetooth connection<Example: in Windows XP>aClick “スタート ” (Start) y “ すべてのプログラム ” (All programs) y “アクセサリ ” (Accessories) y “通信 ” (Communication) y “ネットワーク接続 ” (Network connection)bClick connection iconSelect Dial-up Networking icon of ISP name setup in Step7 of P444, then click “ネットワークタスク” (Network task) y “ この接続を開始する” (Start connection), or click the connection icon.cCheck setting and click [ダイヤル ] (Dial)Dial-up network is completed when a connection in progress message is displayed followed by a connection established message.• Check each setting and click [接続] (Connect) when using an OS other than Windows XP.• Entering of a “ユーザー名” (Username) and “パスワード” (Password) is not required to connect to "mopera".• Check setting if a message notifying the completion of connection is not displayed.DisconnectingDisconnecting may not be completed by closing the Internet browser. Disconnect by performing the following procedures.aClick Dial-up Networking icon in task trayConnection screen is displayed. bClick [切断 ] (Disconnect)NOTE• Transmission speed displayed on the PC may vary from the actual transmission speed. ScreenScreenDial-up Networking iconScreen00M1000EN.book  428 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
429Using Data CommunicationAT CommandsAT Commands are commands for setting FOMA handset functions from a PC.• AT Command input format.[&F] : Reset to factory default.[&W] : Register setting. Called settings by ATZ Command.[AT] : Can be used in FOMA M1000 Command Port.[M] : Can be used with FOMA M1000 (Modem).AT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command ExamplesAT % V[M]Displays versions of FOMA handset.-AT%VVer1.00OKAT &C  n[&F] [&W] [AT] [M]Set the operating conditions of the circuit CD for DTE.n=0 : Always keeps line CD signal ONn=1 : Line CD signals vary according to line connection status (default)AT & C 1OKAT &D  n[&F] [&W] [AT] [M]Set the operation performed when circuit ER signal received from DTE is switched from ON to OFF.n=0 : Ignore status (assumed to be ON)n=1 : Online command mode is set when status changes from ON to OFFn=2 : Line is disconnected and OFF LINE mode (default) is enabled when status changes from ON to OFFAT & D 1OKAT &F  n[AT] [M]Reset to factory default. If the command is entered during communication, the handset is reset.Only n=0 can be set (skippable) -AT&S n[&F] [&W] [M]Set how to control the data set ready signal to be output to DTE.n=0 : Always ON (default)n=1 : DR signal ON at time of line connectionAT&S0OKAT &W  n[AT] [M]Register current settings. Only n=0 can be set (skippable) -AT *DGANSM=n[M]Set the reject/permit setting mode for incoming Packet communication. The setting is only valid for Packet communication received immediately after the command is entered.n=0 : Turn OFF reject (AT*DGARL)/permit setting for incoming Packet communication (default)n=1 : Turn ON reject setting for incoming Packet communicationn=2 : Turn ON permit setting for incoming Packet communicationAT *DGANSM?: Display currently settingsAT  * D G A N S M = 0OKAT  * D G A N S M ?*DGANSM:0OKAT*DGAPL=n [,cid][M]Set up APN to permit incoming Packet communication from APN settings. Use <cid> parameters defined by AT+CGDCONT.  n=0 : Add APN defined by <cid> to list of APNs permitted for incoming Packet communicationn=1 : Delete APN defined by <cid> from list of APNs permitted for incoming connectionIf <cid> parameter is omitted, all the <cids> are added to/deleted from the list.AT *DGAPL?: Display permit incoming Packet communicationAT*DGAPL =0,1OKAT *DGAPL?*DGAPL:1OKAT *DGAPL =1OKAT *DGAPL?OK00M1000EN.book  429 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
430Using Data CommunicationAT * DG A R L= n [ ,c i d ][M]Set APN to refuse incoming connection. APN setting uses <cid> parameters defined by +CGDCONT.n=0 : Add APN defined by <cid> to list of APNs refused for incoming connectionn=1 : Delete APN defined by <cid> to list of APNs refused for incoming connectionIf <cid> parameter is omitted, all <cids> are added to/deleted from the list.AT *DGARL?: Display refused incoming connectionAT *DGARL =0,1OKAT *DGARL?*DGARL:1OKAT *DGARL =1OKAT *DGARL?OKAT *DGPIR=n[M]The setting for notify or hide made by this command is valid when a connection is sent or received. The Dial-up Networking settings can also be used to append 186(ON) or 184(OFF) to the dial-up connection.  3 P442n=0 : Connecting to APN directly (default)n=1 : Send 184 to APN (always OFF)n=2 : Send 186 to APN (always ON)AT *DGPIR?: Display current settingAT *DGPIR =0OKAT *DGPIR?*DGPIR:0OK+++[M]Switch FOMA handset's mode from online data mode to online command status without disconnecting when escape sequence executed. -  (Online Data Mode)+++ (Unable to see the display)OKAT+CE ER[M]Disconnection reason display.<report>See Disconnection reason list 3 P460AT + C E E R+CEER:36OKAT+CGDCONT[M]Set APN when sending Packet communication.3 P461 3 P461AT+CGEQMIN[M]Register criteria value for determining if QoS (Quality of Service) sent from network when PPP Packet communication is established, is acceptable or not.AT+CGEQMIN=[Parameters] 3 P461AT+CGEQMIN=?: Display all lists of settingsAT+CGEQMIN?: Display current settings3 P461AT +C G E QR E Q[M]Set QoS (Quality of Service) to request for the network when PPP Packet communication is established.AT+CGEQREQ= [Parameters] 3 P462AT+CGEQREQ=?: Display all lists of settingsAT+CGEQREQ?: Display current settings3 P462AT+CG M R[AT] [M]Display FOMA handset's version.-AT+CGMR12345XXXXXXXXXXXOKAT+CGREG=n[&F] [&W] [AT] [M]Set whether to report network service registration status. Upon receiving the status report, "Within service area" or "Outside service area" will be displayed.n=0 : OFF (default)n=1 : ON (Report the status when it is shifted between within service area and Outside service area)AT + C G R E G ?:  Display current setting+CGREG:< n>,<stat>n : Parameterstat :0 Outside service area1 Within service area4 Unknown5 Outside service area (Roaming)AT + C G R E G = 1OK(Set to report status)AT + C G R E G ?+CGREG:1,0OK(Outside service area)(Move from Outside service area to Within service area)+CGREG:1AT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command Examples00M1000EN.book  430 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
431Using Data CommunicationAT + C G S N[AT] [M]Display FOMA handset's serial number.-AT+CGSN12345XXXXXXXXXXOKAT+CMEE=n[&F] [&W] [M]Set if any error report in FOMA handsetn=0 : Display ERROR and not result code (default)n=1 : +CME ERROR:<err> Use result code and display reason as numbern=2 : +CME ERROR:<err>User result code and display reason as charactersAT+ C MEE?: Display current settingsThe right hand side is the command examples when errors in FOMA handset or connection. AT + C M E E = 0OKAT+CNUMERRORAT + C M E E = 1OKAT+CNUM+CME ERROR:10AT + C M E E = 2OKAT+CNUM+CME ERROR:SIMnot insertedAT+CNUM[M]Display FOMA handset's own number.number: Telephone numbertype : 129 or 145129 : International access code does not include +145 : International access code includes +AT+CNUM+CNUM:,"+8190XXXXXXXX",145OKAT+CR=n[&F] [&W] [M]Display bearer types before displaying CONNECT result code during line connection.n=0 : Do not display (default)n=1 : Display<serv> : Display only "GPRS" for Packet communication (Display "SYNC", "AV32K", "AV64K" for data connection)AT+CR?: Display current settingsAT+CR =1OKATD *99 ***1#+CR:GPRSCONNECTAT+CRC=n[&F] [&W] [M]Set to use extend result code for incoming connection.n=0 : Do not use (default)n=1 : Use +CRING.<type>+CRINGForm for +CRING is as follows+CRING: GPRS "PPP",,, "<APN>"AT+CRC?: Display current setting.AT+CRC=0OKAT+CRC?+CRC:0OKAT+CREG=n[&F] [&W] [AT] [M]Set to display network information indicating "Within service area" or "Outside service area".• OS dependantn=0 : Not notifying (default)n=1 : Notifying (when switching "Within service area" and "Outside service area")AT+CREG?: Display current settings+CREG: < n>,<stat>n : set valuestat :0 Outside service area1 Within service area4 Unknown5 Within service area (Roaming)AT+CREG=1OK(Set to notify)AT+CREG?+CREG:1,0OK(Outside service area)(Move from "Outside service area" to "Within service area")+CREG:1AT + G M I[M]Display FOMA handset's manufacturer.-AT+GMIMotorolaOKAT + G M M[M]Display FOMA handset's product name.-AT+GMMFOMA M1000OKAT + G M R[M]Display FOMA handset's version.-AT+GMRVer1.00OKAT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command Examples00M1000EN.book  431 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
432Using Data CommunicationAT+IFC=n,m[&F] [&W][AT] [M]Set to control local flow n : DCE by DTEm : DTE by DCEEach set value for n,m0 : No flow control1 : Perform XON/XOFF flow control2 : Perform RS/CS (RTS/CTS) flow control Default: n,m=2.2AT + I F C ?: Display current settingsAT+IFC=2,2OKAT+WS46=n[&F] [&W] [M]Set wireless network for FOMA handset.n=22 : W-CDMA (WidebandCDMA) only (default)AT+WS46=22OKATA[M]Perform the receiving process while receiving Packet communication or 64K data connection.-RINGATACONNECTA/[AT] [M]Execute the previously executed command. No carriage return is necessary.-A/OKATD[M]Perform automatic call process based on parameters and dial-up parameters to FOMA handset.ATD*99***<cid># : Packet communication<cid>1 to 10 : APNs set in +CGDCONTSet AT+CBST=116,1,0ATD<phone number> : 64K data connectionSet AT+CBST=131,1,0ATD< phone number > : AV32K connectionSet AT+CBST=134,1,0ATD< phone number > : AV64K connection<Packet communication>ATD*99***1#CONNECT<64K connection>AT+CBST=116,1,0OKATD090XXXXXXXXCONNECT<AV32K connection>AT+CBST=131,1,0OKATD090XXXXXXXXCONNECT<AV64K connection>AT+CBST=134,1,0OKATD090XXXXXXXXCONNECTATE n[&F] [&W] [AT] [M]Sets the presence of echo for DTE in command mode.n=0 : Echo "OFF"n=1 : Echo "ON"(default)AT E 1OKATH n[M]Performs onhook action to FOMA handset.n=0 : Disconnect line (can be skipped) (packet communication) +++AT HNO CARRIERATI n[AT] [M]Display the confirmation code.n=0 : Display "NTT DoCoMo"n=1 : Display product name (same as +GMM)n=2 : Display version in PPP Packet communication (same as +GMR)AT I 0NTT DoCoMoOKAT I 1FOMA M1000OKATO n[M]Return from online command mode to offline data mode during connection.n=0 : Return from online command mode to offline data mode (can be skipped)ATOCONNECTAT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command Examples00M1000EN.book  432 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
433Using Data CommunicationAT Q n[&F] [&W] [AT] [M]Set up to display/hide result code to DTE.n=0 : Display result code (default)n=1 : Does not display result codeAT Q 0OKAT Q 1(OK is not displayed this time)AT S 0 = n[&F] [&W] [M]Set number of rings until FOMA handset receives connection automatically.n=0 : Do not receive automatically (default)n=1- 255: Receive automatically with specified number of rings.ATS0? : Display current settingAT S 0 = 0OKAT S 0 ?000OKAT S 2 = n[&F] [M]Set escape character. n=43 : Defaultn=127 : DisabledATS2? : Display current settingsAT S 2 = 4 3OKAT S 2 ?043OKAT S 3 = n[&F] [M]Set carriage return character.n=13 : Default (Only n=13. Can be set)ATS3? : Display current settingsAT S 3 = 1 3OKAT S 3 ?013OKAT S 4 = n[&F] [M]Set Line Feed (LF) character.n=10 : Default (Only n=10. Can be set)ATS4? : Display current settingsAT S 4 = 1 0OKAT S 4 ?010OKAT S 5 = n[&F] [M]Set Back Space (BS) character.n=8 : Default (Only n=8. Can be set)ATS5? : Display current settingsAT S 5 = 8OKAT S 5 ?008OKAT S 7 = n[&F] [&W] [M]Set waiting time till end of connection.n=1 to 120 (default: n=60)(second)Setting 121 to 255 is regarded as 120ATS7? : Display current settingsAT S 7 = 6 0OKAT S 7 ?060OKAT V n[&F] [&W] [AT] [M]Set all result code to be displayed in either numerals or alphabet characters.n=0 : Send back a result code in numeralsn=1 : Send back a result code in alphabet characters (default)AT V 1OKAT X n[&F] [&W]Set whether to show speed display in the CONNECT display for the connection.Also detect busy tone or dial tone.n=0 : No dial tone detected, no busy tone detect, no speed displayn=1 : No dial tone detected, no busy tone detected, speed displayn=2 : Detect dial tone, no busy tone detected, speed displayn=3 : No dial tone detected, detect dial tone, speed displayn=4 : Detect dial tone, detect dial tone, speed display (default)AT X 1OKAT Z[AT] [M]Reset to the status of nonvolatile memory.Disconnect the line if this command is entered during connection.- (Off line command mode)AT ZNO CARRIER(On line command mode)AT ZOKAT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command Examples00M1000EN.book  433 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
434Using Data CommunicationAT¥S[M]Display current set of commands and S register setting.-AT¥SE1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1&D2&S0¥V0S000=000S002=043S003=013S004=010S005=008S006=005S007=060S008=003S010=001S030=000S103=001S104=001OKAT¥V n[&F] [&W] [M]Select type of response code when connected.n=0 : Do no use expanded result code (default)n=1 : Use expanded result codeAT ¥ V 0OKAT+CP IN[AT][M]Enter PIN in FOMA handset.Format : AT+CPIN="<pin>","<newpin>"This command is to enter PIN1, PIN2 or PIN unlock number in FOMA handset based on result code replied by AT+CPIN?PIN cannot possibly be entered with this command depending on result code when AT+CPIN? is entered even if PIN or PIN unlock code is required.Do not use this command in order to change PIN. <pin> and <newpin> must be surrounded with " " .Result of AT+CPIN?  +CPIN:READY:PIN1 codePIN2PIN1 unlock code, Unable to input PIN2 unlock code+CPIN:SIM PIN: Waiting to enter PIN1+CPIN:SIM PIN2: Waiting to enter PIN2+CPIN:SIM PUK: Locking PIN1 (Possible to enter PIN1 unlock code)+CPIN:SIM PUK2: Locking PIN2 (Possible to enter PIN2 unlock code)The right is the example of PIN"1234" "and "12345678".(+CPIN:READY is ready to respond when +CPIN? is entered) AT+CPIN="1234"ERROR(+CPIN:READY is ready to respond when +CPIN? is entered) AT+CPIN="12345678","1234"ERROR(+CPIN:SIM PIN is ready to respond when +CPIN? is entered) AT+CPIN="1234"OK(+CPIN:SIM PIN2 is ready to respond when +CPIN? is entered) AT+CPIN="1234"OK(+CPIN:SIM PUK is ready to respond when +CPIN? is entered: PIN locked) AT+CPIN="12345678","1234"OK(+CPIN:SIM PUK2 is ready to respond when +CPIN? is entered: PIN locked) AT+CPIN="12345678","1234"OKAT + C P I N ?+CPIN:READYOKAT + C P I N = ?OKAT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command Examples00M1000EN.book  434 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
435Using Data CommunicationAT + C L I P = n[&F][&W][M]Display sender's caller ID when 64K data connection is received.n=0 : No output result (default)n=1 : Output resultResult : +CLIP (n,m)m=0 : Network setting that does not notify caller IDm=1 : Network setting that notifies caller IDm=2 : UnknownAT + C L I P = 0OKAT + C L I P = ?+CLIP:(0,1)OK(+CLIP=1 Output result)RING+CLIP:"090XXXXXXXX",177,"123",136AT + C L I R = n[M]Set to notify phone number when sending 64K data connection.n=0 : Use setting written in service agreementn=1 : Do not send Caller IDn=2 : Send Caller ID (default)Result : +CLIR(n, m)m=0 : CLIR is not operating (always notify)m=1 : CLIR is operating (always does not notify)m=2 : Unknownm=3 : CLIR Temporary mode (default; does not notify)m=4 : CLIR Temporary mode (default: notify)AT + C L I R = 0OKAT + C L I R ?+CLIR:0,1OKAT + C L I R = ?+CLIR:(0-2)OKATS30=n[&F][M]Disconnect handset if no data is received or sent.n=0 : Inactive timer off (default)n=0 to 255AT S 3 0 = 0OKAT S 3 0 ?000OKAT S 3 0 = ?ERRORATS103=n[&F][M]Set to append and send received sub address.n=0 : *n=1 : / (default)n=2 : ¥ (yen symbol or backslash)AT S 1 0 3 = 0OKAT S 1 0 3 ?000OKAT S 1 0 3 = ?ERRORATS104=n[&F][M]Set to append and send outgoing sub address.n=0 : #n=1 : % (default)n=2 : &AT S 1 0 4 = 0OKAT S 1 0 4 ?000OKAT S 1 0 4 = ?ERRORAT * D A N T E[M]Display reception level with a number.n=0 : Reception level 0n=1 : Reception level 1n=2 : Reception level 2n=3 : Reception level 3AT * DA N T E*DANTE:3OKAT * DA N T E = ?*DANTE:(0-3)OKAT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command Examples00M1000EN.book  435 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
436Using Data CommunicationLists of Disconnected ReasonsDisconnected reasons  for requested contents are as follows:1Packet communication164K Data connectionAT*DRPW[M]Display an index for reception power of the radio signal.-AT*DRPW*DRPW:0OKAT*DRPW=?*DRPW:(0-75)OKValue Reason27 APN is not present or incorrect.30 Disconnected from network.33 Requested service option is not subscribed.36 Connection is disconnected properly.Value Reason1 Specified number does not exist.16 Connection is disconnected properly.17 Unable to communicate because remote device is busy.18 Call was made, but no response within the specified time.19 Unable to communicate because remote device is busy calling.21 Remote device rejected a call.63 Network service and option are not valid.65 Unavailable processing speed was specified.88 You made a call to or received a call from a handset with different handset properties.AT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command Examples00M1000EN.book  436 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
437Using Data CommunicationAdditional AT Commands Descriptions1Invalid AT commandThe following commands will not generate errors but will not act as commands.• AT (Enter only AT)• ATT (Tone setting)• ATP (Pulse setting)• ATS6 (Specify duration of pause till dialing commences)• ATS8 (Specify duration of comma till dialing commences)• ATS10 (Set delay time for automatic disconnection)1Command name +CGDCONT[M]•OverviewSet APN when sending packet connection.Although this command is a setup command, it does not get stored to the status of nonvolatile memory by &W, and does not get reset by &F and &Z.•Form+CGDCONT=[<cid>[,"PPP"[ ,"<APN>"] ] ]• Parameter descriptionsSet APN when sending Packet communication. See examples in command operation lists• Operation without parameter• Command examplesRegistered APN named abc (cid=3)AT+CGDCONT=3,"PPP","abc"OK1Command name:+CGEQMIN=[Parameter] [M]•OverviewRegister criteria value to determine if QoS sent from network when PPP Packet communication established is permitted.4 ways to set up as stated in command examples.Although this command is a setup command, it does not get stored to the status of nonvolatile memory by &W, and does not get reset by &F and &Z.•Form+CGEQMIN=[<cid>[,,<Maximum bitrate UL>[ ,<Maximum bitrate DL>] ] ]• Parameter description• Operation without parameter• Command examples<cid>* : 1 to 10<APN>* : Optional*: <cid> is the number used to control the destination (APN) for the Packet communication to be registered in FOMA handset.1~10 can be registered. <cid>=1 is set as mopera.ne.jp as default but overwrittable.<APN>is optional connection name that indicates each destination.+CGDCONT= : Set default value for all <cid>+CGDCONT=<cid>: Set specified <cid> as default+CGDCONT=? : Display list of values that can be configured+CGDCONT? : Display current settings<cid>* : 1 to 10<Maximum bitrate UL>*: None (default) or 64<Maximum bitrate DL>*: None (default) or 384*: <cid> is the number used to control the destination (APN) for the Packet communication to be registered in FOMA handset. 1 to 10 can be registered.In <Maximum bitrate UL> and <Maximum bitrate DL>, the minimum connection speed [in kbps] is set for both upload and download traffic between FOMA handset and the base station. If the parameter is set to None (default), all speeds are permissible. If 64 and 384 are set, any connection at a speed except the above limit is not permitted, and the Packet communication will not be connected.+CGEQMIN= : Set default value for all <cid>+CGEQMIN=<cid>: Set specified <cid> as default value00M1000EN.book  437 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
438Using Data Communication4 ways to set up as states in command examples. Set (1) as states value for each <cid>s1Command name: :+CGEQREQ=[Parameter] [M]•OverviewSets up QoS to request to the network when PPP Packet communication is established.This set up is also set up as the default value in one of the patterns stated in the following command execution example.Although this command is a setup command, it does not get stored to the status of nonvolatile memory by &W, and does not get reset by &F and &Z.•Form+CGEQREQ=[<cid>]• Parameter Description<cid>*:1 to 10• Operation without parameter• Command examplesOnly 1 way to set the command. The contents are set by default for each cid.Command used to require 64kbps upload and 384kbps download (when<cid>=3)AT+CGEQREQ=3OK1Saving modem port command setting valuesSettings by AT commands are initialized when FOMA handset is switched ON and OFF, except APN setting by AT+CGDCONT (3 P440), QoS settings by AT+CGEQMIN and AT+CGEQREQ commands, permit/reject setting mode for incoming connection set by AT*DGAPL/AT*DGARL/AT*DGANSM commands or appending 184 or 186 for packet connection by AT*DGPIR command. Commands with [&W] can be saved by enteringAT& Wafter setting. And at the same time, other settings with [&W] are also saved. These values can be called by enteringATZeven if after FOMA handset was switched ON and OFF.(1) Command used to permit all speed both upload and download (when<cid>=2)AT+CGEQMIN=2OK(2) Command used to permit only 64kbps upload and 384kbps download (when<cid>=3)AT+CGEQMIN=3,,64,384OK(3) Command used to permit 64kbps upload and all speed download (when<cid>=4)AT+CGEQMIN=4,,64OK(4) Command used to permit all speed upload and only 384kbps download (when<cid>=5)AT+CGEQMIN=5,,,384OK*: <cid> is the number used to control the destination (APN) for the Packet communication to be registered in FOMA handset. 1 to 10 can be registered to FOMA handset.+CGEQREQ= : Set default value for all <cid>s.+CGEQREQ=<cid>: Set specified <cid> as default.00M1000EN.book  438 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
439Using Data CommunicationResult Codes1Result codes for data connection1Extended result codes1Connection protocol result codeNOTE• When ATVn command (3 P457) is set to n=1, the result code is displayed in the alphanumeric display format (default). When the command is set to n=0, the result code is displayed in the numerical display format.• To retain compatibility with a modem connected via conventional RS-232C, connection speed is displayed but it differs from the actual connection speed because FOMA handset is connected to the PC with a USB cable. • When "RESTRICTION" message is displayed, (No.100), the network is busy. Please try later. No. Text display Description0 OK Operation performed properly.1 CONNECT Connected to their party.2 RING Incoming call.3 NO CARRIER Line disconnected.4 ERROR Unable to accept command.5 NO DIALTONE Unable to detect dial tone.6 BUSY Detect busy tone.7 NO ANSWER Completed connection. Timeout.100 RESTRICTION Network restriction in place.101 DELAYED Redial call restricted.No. Text display Description 5 CONNECT 1200 Connected at 1200bps between FOMA handset and PC.10 CONNECT 2400 Connected at 2400bps between FOMA handset and PC.11 CONNECT 4800 Connected at 4800bps between FOMA handset and PC.13 CONNECT 7200 Connected at 7200bps between FOMA handset and PC.12 CONNECT 9600 Connected at 9600bps between FOMA handset and PC.15 CONNECT 14400 Connected at 14,400bps between FOMA handset and PC.16 CONNECT 19200 Connected at 19,200bps between FOMA handset and PC.17 CONNECT 38400 Connected at 38,400bps between FOMA handset and PC.18 CONNECT 57600 Connected at 57,600bps between FOMA handset and PC.19 CONNECT 115200 Connected at 115,200bps between FOMA handset and PC.20 CONNECT 230400 Connected at 230,400bps between FOMA handset and PC.21 CONNECT 460800 Connected at 460,800bps between FOMA handset and PC.No. Text display Description1 PPPoverUD Connect via PPPoverUD(BC=UDI, +CBST=116,1,0)2 AV32K AV (video-phone) connect via [32K]3 AV64K AV (video-phone) connect via [64K]5 PACKET Connect with PACKET 00M1000EN.book  439 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
440Using Data CommunicationExamples of Result Codes1When ATX0 is set• Regardless of the settings of AT¥Vn command ( 3 P459), only CONNECT is displayed upon completion of connection.1When ATX1 is set• When ATX1, AT¥V0 is set (default)• Upon completion of connection, result code is displayed in the following format: CONNECT <speed between FOMA handset - PC>• When ATX1, AT¥V1 is set*• The code is displayed upon completion of connection in the following format:CONNECT <speed of FOMA handset - PC>PACKET <destination APN>/<upload maximum speed (between FOMA handset 3 radio base station)>/<download maximum speed (between FOMA handset ← radial base station)>Maximum 64kbps for sending and maximum 384kbps for receiving connection to mopera.ne.jp is displayed as follows.Text display example: ATD*99***1#CONNECTNumber display example : ATD*99***1#1Text display example: ATD*99***1#CONNECT 460800Number display example: ATD*99***1# 1  21Text display example: ATD*99***1#CONNECT 460800 PACKET mopera.ne.jp /64/ 384Number display example: ATD*99***1#1  21  5*: When ATX1 and AT¥V1 are set at the same time, it is likely that dial-up connection will fail. Only use of AT¥V0 is recommended.00M1000EN.book  440 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
441Entering CharactersCharacter Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442Entering Characters with Direct Input <Direct Input Method> . . . . . . . . . . . 444Editing/Registering Fixed Phrases <Save Phrases> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456Copying/Cutting and Pasting Characters <Character copy>  . . . . . . . . . . . . 458Registering Frequently Used Words <Save word>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460Using Electronic Dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462Setting the Detail of Character Entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466Entering Characters with Indirect Input Method<Indirect input method> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47000M1000EN.book  441 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
442Entering CharactersCharacter InputWith FOMA handset, a character is entered by tapping a target character at a keyboard displayed on the touch screen with the Stylus. Also, by switching the input method, a character can be entered by a free draw. Since character input is needed in various situations of FOMA handset operation, such as registering contacts, creating messages, and creating notes, it would be convenient if you memorize the procedure beforehand.Displaying Character Entry ScreenTap the character input field where a character needs to be entered, and tap $$ on the Status bar to display the character entry screen. Enter a target character by switching the input mode.• Input mode 3 P467• Input method 3 P466• Switching input method 3 P467Input MethodThere are following methods to enter characters with FOMA handset. Choose an input method that suites you.Input method Description ReferenceDirect input method50-character kana syllabary keyboard (Kana Keyboard)From the keyboard arranged in the order of 50-character kana syllabary, you can enter a character by tapping a target character.P469Qwerty keyboard From the keyboard arranged in alphabetical order, you can enter a character by tapping a target character. P471Handwriting A character is entered by writing a character on the free draw input area, using the Stylus. P478Indirect input methodMulti Tap From the keyboard with two or more characters assigned to one key, a character is entered by tapping a key multiple times to switch the characters.P496Two Tap From the keyboard with two or more characters assigned to one key, a character is entered by Two Tap operationsP500In case of 50-character kana syllabary keyboard00M1000EN.book  442 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
443Entering CharactersSwitching Input MethodThe input method used at the time of entering a character can be changed.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap "Handset" tab y Text input and on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Input method on Preferences screenbTap $$ of input method you are setting y [Close] y [Done]Input method is changed.Input ModeThere are following input modes to enter a character. Entering text with a mixture of hiragana, kanji, katakana, alphabet and numeric characters are performed by switching the input mode.To switch the input mode, tap the keyboard for each input method, or tap the key to switch the input mode in the free draw input screen. Default setting Kana keyboard• Tap $$ $$ at the tab display area to switch the tab display between left and right.Input mode Key display DescriptionHiragana/kanji [Hiragana]/[Kanji]/[Hira]/"あ /ア " Hiragana, kanji, and double-byte katakana can be entered.Katakana [Kata]/[Single-byte Kana] Double-byte/single-byte katakana can be entered.Alphabet [Abc]/[Abc]/[Eng]/" 英数 " Double-byte/single-byte alphabet character can be entered.Numeric [Num]/[Eng]/[Abc]/[Abc]/" 英数" Double-byte/single-byte numeric character can be entered.Symbol [Mark] Double-byte/single-byte symbols, special characters or fixed phrases can be selected.00M1000EN.book  443 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
444Entering CharactersNOTE• To switch the input mode, tap the corresponding key in the character input screen for each input method.• When the character input screen is displayed, there are input modes that cannot be switched, depending on the application running or what is to be entered.Direct Input MethodEntering Characters with Direct InputWith FOMA handset, there are three direct input methods: "50-character kana syllabary keyboard", "Qwerty keyboard" and "free draw input". By setting the input method in advance, each input screen can be displayed at the time of a character input. 3 P49250-character Kana Syllabary KeyboardWhen the input method is set to Kana keyboard following keyboards will be displayed by tapping $$ on the Status bar in the situation of entering characters.Item DescriptionaInput method switch key A menu is displayed, and input method can be switched.bNumber of characters The number of confirmed characters/maximum number available for character input are displayed.cMove key The keyboard is moved to the upper part/lower part of the touch screen.dDictionary key A dictionary search is performed.Hiragana/kanji input mode Katakana input modeAlphabet/numeric input mode Numeric input mode00M1000EN.book  444 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
445Entering Characters• To switch the input mode, tap either [Hira]/[Alphabet]/[Kana]/[Numeric] key from each input mode keyboard. • Tap [Symbol] to display the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary. 3 P472• List of symbols and special characters 3 P521• List of fixed phrases 3 P522Kana keyboardEntering Characters Using Kana KeyboardWith a kana keyboard, characters that can be entered are displayed on the keyboard. Tap a target character directly to input, and if necessary, switch the input mode by tapping the input mode key.<Example: when entering "太郎" in Name of a contact>aTap Name filed in a contact y tap $$ on the Status bar• How to operate 3 P99• When an input mode is other than hiragana/kanji mode, tap [Hira].bTap [ た] y [ ろ] y [う]cFrom the conversion candidates, tap [ 太郎 ]Input of "太郎 " is set.• When there are more than one candidate, display them by dragging the scroll bar. eInput field switch key When two or more input field (name, family name, address, etc.) exist in one screen, such as a registration screen for a contact, the input field can be changed while the free draw input screen is displayed.fMinimize key  Temporarily hides the keyboard.gEnd key Closes the free draw input screen.hConvert key Converts input characters.iLF/CR key Starts a new line.jSpace key A space is entered.kClear key Deletes a character entered.lDouble-byte key Double-byte characters and numbers can be entered.mcaps/↑key Capital letters and small letters are switched.nDate key Current date can be entered.oTime key Current time can be entered.Item DescriptionConversion candidates00M1000EN.book  445 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
446Entering Characters• When predict conversion function is set to ON, the conversion candidate predicted to follow the character decided in conversion candidate area is displayed. • Tap END key to end the entry.• To continue entering characters, tap a key you are entering.NOTE• Following operations are also available:- Entering a fixed phrase 3 P472- Entering a symbol 3 P473- Entering a face mark 3 P474- Deleting an entered character 3 P476- Searching a dictionary 3 P475• The maximum number of characters that can be converted at once is 32 characters.Qwerty KeyboardWhen the input method is set to "Qwerty keyboard", following keyboards will be displayed by tapping $$ on the Status bar in the situation of entering characters.Item DescriptionaInput method switch key A menu is displayed, and input method can be switched.bNumber of characters The number of confirmed characters/maximum number available for character input are displayed.cMove key The keyboard is moved to the upper part/lower part of the touch screen.dDictionary key A dictionary search is performed.Hiragana/kanji input mode Alphabet/numeric input modeNumeric input mode00M1000EN.book  446 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
447Entering Characters• To switch the input mode, tap either [Kanji]/[Alphabet]/[Numeric] key from each input mode keyboard.• Tap [Symbol] to display the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary. 3 P472• List of symbols and special characters 3 P521• List of fixed phrases 3 P522Qwerty keyboardEntering Characters Using Qwerty KeyboardWith a Qwerty keyboard, characters that can be entered are displayed on the keyboard. Tap directly on a target character to input, and if necessary, switch the input mode by tapping the input mode key. However, even if the input mode is switched to kanji, hiragana would not show on the keyboard. When entering hiragana/kanji from the Qwerty keyboard, use the Roman character entry method.• The input method must be set to "Qwerty keyboard" beforehand. 3 P492<Example: when entering "太郎" in Name of a contact >aTap Name field in a contact y tap $$ on the Status bar• How to operate 3 P99• When an input mode is other than hiragana/kanji mode, tap [Kanji].bEnter " たろう "cFrom the conversion candidates, tap [ 太郎 ]eInput filed switch key When two or more input fields (name, family name, address, etc.) exist in one screen, such as a registration screen for a contact, the input field can be changed while the free draw input screen is displayed.fMinimize key  Temporarily hides the keyboard.gEnd key Closes the free draw input screen.hConvert key Converts input characters.iLF/CR key Starts a new line.jSpace key A space is entered.kClear key Deletes a character entered.lDouble-byte key Double-byte characters and numbers can be entered.mcaps/↑key  Capital letters and small letters are switched.nDate key Current date can be entered. Tapping [caps]/[↑] will switch to Date key, and current date can be entered.Item DescriptionRoman character entry is used.• To enter "た": tap [t] 3 [a]• To enter "ろ": tap [r] 3 [o]• To enter "う": tap [u]Conversion candidates00M1000EN.book  447 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
448Entering CharactersInput of "太郎" is set.• When there are more than one candidate, display them by dragging the scroll bar. • When predict conversion function is set to ON, the conversion candidate predicted to follow the character decided in conversion candidate area is displayed. • Tap END key to end the entry.• To continue entering characters, tap a key you are entering.NOTE• Following operations are also available:- Entering a fixed phrase 3 P472- Entering a symbol 3 P473- Entering a face mark 3 P474- Deleting an entered character 3 P476- Searching a dictionary 3 P475• The maximum number of characters that can be converted at once is 32 characters.• List of Roman character entries 3 P523Entering a Fixed PhraseFixed phrases can be entered by selecting from 5 categories. • This can be used from all input methods.aWhile entering characters, tap [Mark]bTap a category of a phrase you are enteringcTap a fixed phrase to enterThe phrase is entered.• Tap $$ $$ to scroll up and down the list of fixed phrases.Category names of fixed phrases• Selections can be made from the categories of "General", "Reply", "Business", "Private" and "English".• Tap [Back] to go back to the screen for switching between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.00M1000EN.book  448 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
449Entering CharactersNOTE• List of fixed phrases3 P522Entering a SymbolDouble-byte/single-byte symbols and special characters can be selected for entries.• This can be used from all input methods.aWhile entering characters, tap [Mark]bTap the type of symbolscTap a symbol to enterA symbol is entered.• Tap $$ $$ to scroll up and down the list of symbols.NOTE• List of symbols and special characters 3 P521Entering a Face MarkA "Face mark" which expresses a face by using symbols and alphabet characters can be entered. • This can be used from all input methods.aWhile entering characters, enter " かお "Face marks are displayed as for conversion candidates.Types of symbols• A type of symbol can be selected from "Mark", "Mark" and Particular". • Tap [All] to select from all double-byte/single-byte symbols, special characters and kanji characters.• Tap [Back] to go back to the screen for switching between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.00M1000EN.book  449 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
450Entering Characters• The following face marks are displayed as for conversion candidates.bTap a face mark to enterA face mark is entered.Simple Entry of an Email AddressStrings of fixed form used for email or internet address, such as a domain name (that follows after @) of an email address, can be entered. • This can be used from all input methods.aWhile entering characters, tap [Mark]bTap [Web] from the screen for switching between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionarycTap a string to enterThe string is entered.• Tap $$ $$ to scroll up and down the list of symbols.NOTE• List of fixed phrases3 P522(-_-) (-.-) (+_+) (*_*)(-_-;) (..) (._.) (._.)_(;_;) (>_<) (@_@) (T_T)(^.^) (^O_O^) (^O^) (^^)(^^ゞ(^_-) (^_^) (^_^;)(^o^) (^Ο^) (_) (~_~)(~_~;) (~o~) )^O^( >^_^<^/^ ^^; ^_^; _(._.)_m(_)m• Tap [Back] to go back to the screen for switching between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.00M1000EN.book  450 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
451Entering CharactersEntering Characters from DictionaryA lemmatized search can be performed from a dictionary by selecting a string from the entered text. It is convenient to check the meaning, a declensional kana ending, etc. of the selected string. Furthermore, the searched contents can also be copied.• This can be used from all input methods.Dictionary Search while Entering Characters with Direct Input MethodAfter setting the character input method to "Kana keyboard", "Qwerty keyboard" or "handwriting", a dictionary search is performed while entering characters.aDrag a string for a dictionary search from the entering textThe cursor hits the specified area.bTap $$cTap a dictionary search key of a dictionary you are usingA search begins, and related direction words are displayed in direction word display area.• A dictionary can be selected from "national language", "Japanese-English" or "English-Japanese".dTap a target direction word from the direction word display areaThe explanation of the selected direction word is displayed in the search result display area. • Tap [Copy] to copy the contents displayed in the search result display area. Drag a string in the search result display area, and tap [Copy] to copy the specified string. Tap [Paste] to paste the copied content in the decided character display area.• Tap [Back] to end the dictionary search.Dictionary Search while Entering Characters with Indirect Input MethodAfter setting the character input method to "Multi Tap" or "Two Tap", a dictionary search is performed while entering characters. aDrag a string for a dictionary search from the entering textThe cursor hits the specified area.Dictionary search screenDecided character display areaDirection word display areaSearch result display areaDictionary search key00M1000EN.book  451 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
452Entering CharactersbTap [Mark]cTap [Dictionary] y perform a dictionary searchSubsequent operations are the same as dictionary search for a direct input method.• How to operate3 P475Deleting CharactersEntered characters can be deleted one at a time or several at once. Also, a range for deletion can be specified.1When deleting one character a timeIn the display area, tap the right side of a character you want to delete to bring the cursor there, and tap [Clear] 1When deleting all characters entered• Tap the right side of the last character to bring the cursor there, and point [Clear] for more than one secondThe screen for switching between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary00M1000EN.book  452 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
453Entering Characters• Drag on entered characters, and tap [Clear]1When deleting all characters beyond specified locationTap the left side of the first character of the string you want to delete to bring the cursor there, and point [Clear] for more than one second1When deleting by specifying the areaDrag on the string you are deleting, and tap [Clear]Entering Characters with HandwritingWith handwriting, a character is entered in the free draw input screen by directly writing on the touch screen with the Stylus.• It is necessary to set the input method to "Handwriting" beforehand. 3 P49200M1000EN.book  453 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
454Entering CharactersHandwriting Input ScreenWhen the input method is set to "free draw input", following input screen will display by tapping $$ on the Status bar in the situation of entering characters.• Tap [Mark] to display the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary. 3 P472• List of symbols and special characters 3 P521• List of fixed phrases 3 P522Entering CharactersThe input method for entering characters with handwriting input is explained.Item DescriptionaInput method switch key A menu is displayed, and input method can be switched.bNumber of characters The number of confirmed characters/maximum number available for character input are displayed.cMove key The free draw input screen is moved to the upper part/lower part of the touch screen.dDictionary key A dictionary search is performed.eInput field switch key When two or more input fields (name, family name, address, etc.) exist in one screen, such as a registration screen for a contact, the input field can be changed with having the free draw input screen displayed.fMinimize key  Temporarily hides the keyboard.gEnd key Closes the free draw input screen.hRecognition mode tab Switches the mode which recognizes the type of character entered with free draw.iHelp key Displays the help for free draw input.jMaximize/standard key The size of free draw input area can be switched between enlarged size and standard size. kInput area  A character is entered with free draw.lInput area switch key A continuation of the input area current entering is displayed.mSymbol key A screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary is displayed.nConvert key Converts input characters.oNew-line key A new line is started.pSpace key A space is entered.qClear key Deletes a character entered.00M1000EN.book  454 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
455Entering Characters<Example: when entering "太郎" in Name of a contact>aTap Name field in a contact y tap $$ on the Status bar• How to operate 3 P99bWrite " たろう "in the input area cFrom the conversion candidates, tap [ 太郎 ]Input of "太郎" is set.• When there are more than one candidate, display them by dragging the scroll bar.• When predict conversion function is set to ON, the conversion candidate predicted to follow the character decided in conversion candidate area is displayed.• Tap END key to end the entry.• To continue entering characters, write a character in the input area.1When changing the character which has not been recognized correctlyWhen a character is entered in the input area, the bottom right of the input area displays as following, and by tapping it will display the candidates for the entered character.If a target character exists in the candidates, tap the character for a conversion.If a target character does not exist in the candidates, tap $$ and rewrite the character.• In the input area and for the candidates, the recognized characters are classified and displayed in the following colors. When the character type currently displayed is unclear, it can also be judged by its color.• Hiragana: Pink• Alphabet: Green• Kanji: Yellow• Number: Light-blue• Katakana: Purple • Symbol: OrangeConversion candidates00M1000EN.book  455 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
456Entering CharactersNOTE• Following operations are also available:- Entering a fixed phrase 3 P472- Entering a symbol 3 P473- Entering a face mark 3 P474- Deleting an entered character 3 P476- Searching a dictionary 3 P475• When a character entered in standard mode could not be recognized correctly, or is hard to recognize, we recommend you to change the mode that corresponds to the character entered (kana mode or alphanumeric mode). • A character would be more easily recognized by writing it large within the frame. • The maximum number of characters that can be converted at once is 32 characters.Save PhrasesEditing/Registering Fixed PhrasesBy registering frequently used greetings and phrases, they can be entered quickly by just selecting a fixed phrase.• When Master Clear is performed, the registered fixed phrases are all deleted, and it will return to the default state. Registering a New Fixed PhraseA fixed phrase is registered.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector Bar, tap "Handset" tab y Text input on the Control Panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Edit Template on Preferences screenbTap the Category and select a category where you are registering• Selections can be made from the categories of "General", "Reply", "Business", "Private" "English" and "Internet".• Maximum of 20 fixed phrases can be registered for each category.Fixed phrase edit screenCategory: Switches the category of fixed phrases.00M1000EN.book  456 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
457Entering CharacterscTap [Add]dEnter a phrase y Tap [Settings]The phrase is registered.• Regardless of double-byte/single-byte, the maximum number of characters that can be entered is 32.Editing the Default Fixed PhrasesA registered fixed phrase is edited.aDisplay the fixed phrase edit screen• How to operate 3 P480bTap the Category and select a category of the fixed phrase you are making a change• Selections can be made from the categories of "General", "Reply", "Business", "Private" "English" and "Internet".cTap the fixed phrase you are editing y tap [Change]dEdit the phrase y tap [Settings]The fixed phrase is edited.• Up to 32 double-byte/single-byte characters can be entered is 32.• Tap [Cancel] to stop editing the fixed phrase.Deleting a Fixed PhraseRegistered fixed phrases can be deleted one at a time.aDisplay the fixed phrase edit screen• How to operate 3 P480bTap the Category and select a category of the fixed phrase you are deleting• Selections can be made from the categories of "General", "Reply", "Business", "Private" "English" and "Internet".Sentence : Entered the phrase to be registered.00M1000EN.book  457 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
458Entering CharacterscTap the fixed phrase you are deleting y tap [Delete]dTap [Yes]The fixed phrase will be deleted.• Tap [No] to cancel the deletion.Character copyCopying/Cutting and Pasting CharactersCharacters and numbers such as from notes or messages can be copied or cut, and pasted on another character input screen.Copying/Cutting CharactersSpecify the range of text to copy/cut in Notes etc., display the screen to paste and paste.When a copy is performed, the original copied content remains and the same content is pasted to the pasted location. Moreover, when a cut is performed, the original copied content is lost, and the copied content is pasted to the pasted location.aDisplay the screen to perform Copy/CutbDrag and specify the range of string to copy/cutcTap Edit on the Menu bar y tap Copy/CutSelected range will be copied/cut.• Tap Copy to copy the selected range.• Tap Cut to cut the selected range.The specified area will be highlighted.Edit screen of Notes00M1000EN.book  458 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
459Entering CharactersNOTE• Depending on application, it is not necessary to specify the range to perform a copy/cut. For examples, calculation result of a calculator and a phone number entered in the phone number entry screen are copied as the way they are. • Depending on application, the item names for Copy/Paste displayed on a menu bar may differ, or they may be displayed at different place than the menu bar.1Copy/Cut and Paste operationsFor screens displayed such as when entering a keyword for a search, a menu can be displayed from other than a menu bar to perform Copy/Cut and Paste.Pasting a CharacterA content copied/cut is pasted.aDisplay a screen to paste a copied/cut contentbTap on the place to specify the position to pastecTap Edit on the Menu bar y tap PasteA content copied/cut is pasted.Tap $$ beside the title to display the menu.Search screen for NotesTap $$ beside the title to display the menu.The cursor moves to the location where the paste is performed.00M1000EN.book  459 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
460Entering CharactersNOTE• Depending on application, it is not necessary to specify the range to perform a copy/cut. For examples, calculation result of a calculator and a phone number entered in the phone number entry screen are copied as the way they are. • Depending on application, the item names for Paste displayed on a Menu bar may differ, or they may be displayed at different place than the Menu bar.Save wordRegistering Frequently Used WordsBy registering frequently used names and words in the user dictionary, they can be displayed as conversion candidates at a character conversion, and can be entered quickly.• When Master Clear is performed, the registered words are all deleted.Registering a New WordA word is registered in the user dictionary. • Up to 100 words can be registered.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control Panel screen, and tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screenbTap [Add]cTap Reading y Enter a readingReading : A reading of the word to register is entered.Word : A word to register is entered.Word edit screen00M1000EN.book  460 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
461Entering Characters• Regardless of double-byte/single-byte, the maximum number of characters that can be entered for the combination of Reading and Word is 11. dTap Word y Enter a word• Regardless of double-byte/single-byte, the maximum number of characters that can be entered for the combination of Reading and Word is 11.eSap [Settings]The word is registered.• Tap [Cancel] to stop registering. Editing a Registered WordA word registered in the user dictionary is edited.aDisplay the word edit screen• How to operate 3 P484bTap the word you are editing y tap [Change]cTap the field you want to edit y edit the Reading/Word• Regardless of double-byte/single-byte, the maximum number of characters that can be entered for the combination of Reading and Word is 11.dTap [Settings]The word is edited.Deleting a Registered WordA word registered in the user dictionary is deleted one at a time.aDisplay a word edit screen• How to operate 3 P484bTap the word you are deleting y tap [Delete]cTap [Yes]The word is deleted.• Tap [No] to cancel the deletion.00M1000EN.book  461 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
462Entering CharactersUsing Electronic DictionarySettings and registration for the dictionary installed in FOMA handset are performed.Setting to Perform a Dictionary Search Automatically at a Conversion You can set it so that when a character entered is converted, conversion candidates are searched from the dictionary and displayed. Also, the type of dictionary used for the search can be set. aTap $$ y $$ at the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Dictionary search at conversion on Preferences screenbTap $$ at the field of Use dictionary searchcTap $$ of the dictionary used for the searchIt is set so that a dictionary search is performed at conversion, and the dictionary used for the search is selected.Adding a DictionaryDictionaries installed to FOMA handset from the attached CD-ROM can be added as the dictionaries used at a character conversion. Also, setting the priority for a dictionary search and deleting added dictionaries can be performed. • Up to 64 dictionaries can be registered.Use dictionary search: Sets so that a dictionary search is performed when a character is converted. National language dictionary: National language dictionary is added to the dictionary used for the search.Japanese-English dictionary: Japanese-English dictionary is added to the dictionary used for the search.• Tap $$ $$ on the tab display area to switch the tab display between left and right. 00M1000EN.book  462 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
463Entering CharactersaTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Additional Dictionary tab on Preferences screenbTap in the order from $$ of the dictionary to add y [Add]cTap [Settings]The dictionary is added.Setting the Priority of Dictionary SearchIf there are two or more dictionaries added, the priority for dictionary search can be set up.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Tex t input from the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Additional Dictionary tab on Preferences screenDictionaries installed are displayed.• Unless $$ of the dictionary is tapped, the installed dictionary cannot be used.00M1000EN.book  463 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
464Entering CharactersbTap [Priority]cTap the dictionary moving the priority y tap [ ▲]/[ ▼]dTap [Set]The priority is set. Deleting an Added DictionaryA dictionary added for search at conversion is set not to be used.• A dictionary installed will not be erased.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Additional Dictionary tab from Preferences screenbTap [Delete] y [Yes]The dictionary is set not to be used.Setting the Saving Method of User Dictionary and Learning DictionaryUser dictionary and learning dictionary stored in FOMA handset can be set so that they are automatically backed up in Trans Flash memory card. 00M1000EN.book  464 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
465Entering CharactersaTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Save Dictionary tab on Preferences screenbTap $$ at the field of Save automaticallycTap $$ of Once a day/When closing keyboard at field of Saving cycleReturning the Learning Dictionary to the Default StateLearned information stored in the user dictionary can be reset to default state. aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Learning tab on Preferences screenbTap [Clear learning information] y [Yes]The learned information will be deleted.• Tap [No] to cancel the deletion of the learning information.Save automatically: Sets whether or not to save the dictionary automatically. Saving cycle Once a day : Saves when the first character input screen displayed in a day is closed. When closing keyboard: Saves when the character input screen is closed.• Tap $$ $$ at the tab display area to switch the tab display between left and right.• Tap $$ $$ on the tab display area to switch the tab display between left and right.00M1000EN.book  465 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
466Entering Characters1Learning InformationA converted content of a character input by the user is stored in the user dictionary in FOMA handset, and when the same character is entered and converted again, it will be displayed as one of the conversion candidates.Setting the Detail of Character EntryThe settings related to character input, such as the usage of predict conversion function and the input mode when the character entry screen is activated are set. Setting the Input System The input system of FOMA handset can be changed to other input systems. • Other input systems are not installed in the FOMA handset by default. This operation can be performed only when other input system is installed.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, and tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screenbTap Primary input method y select an input systemAn input system is set.• Tap [Default] to reset the input system back to the default state.Setting Alternative Input MethodThe alternative input method for the FOMA handset can be changed. • No other alternative input system is installed in the FOMA handset by default. This operation can be performed only when another input system is installed.Default setting AWnn Japanese keyboardDefault setting None00M1000EN.book  466 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
467Entering CharactersaTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, and tap Alternative on the text input setup screenbTap Alternative input method y select an alternative input systemAn alternative input system is selected.• Tap [Default] to reset the changed alternative input method back to the default state.Using Predict Conversion FunctionWhether to use the predict conversion function or not at the conversion of a character can be set. aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Predict conversion tab on Preferences screenbTap $$ at Use Predict conversionThe Predict conversion function is set.Setting the Input Mode at the Time of ActivationThe input mode displayed when the text input screen is displayed can be set up beforehand.Default setting Use predict conversion: $$• Tap $$ $$ on the tab display area to switch the tab display between left and right.00M1000EN.book  467 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
468Entering CharactersaTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input from the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] from Text input setup screen, and tap Input mode at activation tab from Preferences screenbTap $$ of the input mode you are using at At activationThe input mode at activation is set. Setting the Display Format of Date and TimeThe display format of a date and time inputted by tapping a specific key can be set for each input mode beforehand. aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Date and time tab on Preferences screenHiragana input: Sets hiragana as the input mode to be always displayed.Single-byte alphabet input: Sets single-byte alphabet as the input mode to be always displayed.System setup : Sets so that the input mode corresponding to the contents of an input may be displayed automatically.• Tap $$ $$ at the tab display area to switch the tab display between left and right.Hiragana input: Sets the display format of a date and time at hiragana input mode.Single-byte kana input: Sets the display format of a date and time at single-byte kana input mode.Double-byte alphabet input: Sets the display format of a date and time at double-byte alphabet input mode.Single-byte alphabet input: Sets the display format of a date and time at single-byte alphabet input mode.• Tap $$ $$ on the tab display area to switch the tab display between left and right.00M1000EN.book  468 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
469Entering CharactersbTap $$ of the input mode you are setting y [Change]cTap the field to set, and select a display formatdTap [Set] The display formats of date and time for the selected input mode are set up.NOTE• Input method of Date and Time 3 P468, P470, P496, P500Setting Details for HandwritingThe recognition speed of a free draw input, the width of the pen, and the color of the pen can be set up. Also, My symbol that inputs a character string by just entering a simple sign can be set.Registering My SymbolA setting can be made for registering strings to be converted just by entering a Symbol, such as a simple sign or mark.• Up to 30 symbols can be registered.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Tex t input from the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Handwriting tab y [Handwriting settings] on Preferences screenbWrite a symbol at the symbol fieldDrag and draw a symbol to register within the frame.Date : Selects the display format for Date.Time : Selects the display format for Time.• Tap $$ to display the help for handwriting.Symbol fieldRegistration text field00M1000EN.book  469 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
470Entering Characters• Tap [Clear] below the symbol field to delete and rewrite the symbolcTap a registration text column y enter a text• Tap [Clear] below the registration text field to delete a text.Setting the Recognition Speed of Free Draw and Width/Color of Characters The recognition speed of free draw can be set. Also thickness and color of characters entered with free draw can be set. aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input from the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, tap Handwriting tab y [Handwriting settings] from Preferences screen, and tap Others tab on Decuma Settings screenbTap $$ of the speed you are setting at Recognition timeout• By setting the recognition speed faster, characters entered by free draw with fast drag operation can be recognized. cTap $$ of the width you are setting at sizedTap $$ of the color you are setting at Pen coloreTap [Done]The recognition timeout, width and size/color of the pen are set.Indirect input methodEntering Characters with Indirect Input MethodFOMA handset has two indirect input methods "Multi Tap" and "Two Tap". By setting up an input method beforehand, each input screen (keyboard) can be displayed at the time of a character input. 3 P492Recognition timeout: Selects the drag speed that can be recognized.Pen size : Selects the width of the pen.Pen color : Selects the color of the pen.00M1000EN.book  470 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
471Entering CharactersMulti Tap/Two Tap KeyboardWhen the input method is set as Multi Tap or Two Tap, following keyboard will display by tapping $$ on the Status bar when a character is entered. For the procedure for Multi Tap and Two Tap, please refer to each explanation. 3 P495, P500• In order to switch an input mode, tap [Character] at the keyboard of each input mode, and from the screen that switches input mode, tap one of the keys from [kanji]/[Kata]/[Abc]/[Abc]/[Eng]/[Num].• Tap [Mark] to display the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary. 3 P472• List of symbols and special characters 3 P521• List of fixed phrases 3 P522Multi TapEntering a Character with Multi TapWith Multi Tap, a keyboard with two or more characters assigned to one key is displayed as a character input screen. In order to enter a character, tap the key where a character is assigned multiple times until that character is displayed. • The input method needs to be set as Multi Tap beforehand. 3 P492Item DescriptionaInput method switch key A menu is displayed, and input method can be switched.bName The name of the character input field is displayed.cMinimize key  Temporarily hides the keyboard.dInput field switch key When two or more input field (name, family name, address, etc.) exist in one screen, such as a registration screen for a contact, the input field can be changed with having the keyboard displayed. eEnd key Closes the keyboard. fDisplay area Characters entered/decided are displayed.gConversion candidate areaConversion candidates for characters entered are displayed.hScroll arrow When conversion candidates cannot all fit in the display, tap the arrow to scroll up and down to display the rest of the candidates. iNumber of characters The number of decided characters/maximum available character input is displayed.Hiragana input mode00M1000EN.book  471 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
472Entering CharactersKeyboard Display and Character Assignments for Each Input ModeFollowing are the keyboard display and character assignments for each input mode. Whenever a key is tapped where the character entering is assigned, the character on the key changes.1Input mode: hiragana1Input mode: single-byte katakanaKeyboard displayCharacters assignedあ3あ3い3う3え3お3ぁ3ぃ3ぅ3ぇ3ぉ3か3か3き3く3け3こ3さ3さ3し3す3せ3そ3た3た3ち3つ3て3と3っ3な3な3に3ぬ3ね3の3は3は3ひ3ふ3へ3ほ3ま3ま3み3む3め3も3や3や3ゆ3よ3ゃ3ゅ3ょ3ら3ら3り3る3れ3ろ3わ3わ3を3ん3ゎ3*3 、3 。3 − 3 ? 3 ! 3 & 3 " 3 「 3 」 3 ・ 3( 3 ) 3# *1, *2 3 (double-byte space) 3 (Date*3) 3 (Time*3) 3Character Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Convert Converts a character entered. Clear Deletes a character entered.Keyboard displayCharacters assignedア3ア3イ3ウ3エ3オ3ァ3ィ3ゥ3ェ3ォ3カ3カ3キ3ク3ケ3コ3サ3サ3シ3ス3セ3ソ3タ3タ3チ3ツ3テ3ト3ッ3ナ3ナ3ニ3ヌ3ネ3ノ3ハ3ハ3ヒ3フ3ヘ3ホ3マ3マ3ミ3ム3メ3モ3ヤ3ヤ3ユ3ヨ3ャ3ュ3ョ3ラ3ラ3リ3ル3レ3ロ3ワ3ワ3ヲ3ン3*3 、 3 。 3 - 3 ? 3 ! 3 & 3 " 3 「 3 」 3 ・ 3 ( 3 ) 3#*2 3 ゙ 3 ゚ 3 (single-byte space) 3 (Date*3) 3 (Time*3) 3Character Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Clear Deletes a character entered.00M1000EN.book  472 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
473Entering Characters1Input mode: single-byte alphabet1Input mode: double-byte alphabet1Input mode: single-byte numberKeyboard displayCharacters assigned112ABC 3a3b3c3A3B3C32 33DEF 3d3e3f3D3E3F33 3 4GHI 3g3h3i3G3H3I34 35JKL 3j3k3l3J3K3L35 36MNO 3m3n3o3M3N3O3637PQRS 3 P3q3r3s3 P3Q3R3S37 38TUV 3t3u3v3T3U3V3839WXYZ 3w3x3y3z3W3X3Y3Z393 00*3 . 3 @ 3 _ 3 - 3 / 3 ? 3 ! 3 & 3 ' 3 " 3 : 3 ; 3 ~ 3#*2 3 (single-byte space) 3 (Date*3) 3 (Time*3) 3 .co.jp 3 .com 3 .net 3 .ne.jp 3 .or.jp 3 http:// 3 www. 3 @docomo.ne.jp 3Character Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Clear Deletes a character entered.Keyboard displayCharacters assigned112ABC 3a3b3c3A3B3C3233DEF 3d3e3f3D3E3F3334GHI 3g3h3i3G3H3I3435JKL 3j3k3l3J3K3L353 6MNO 3m3n3o3M3N3O3637PQRS 3 P3q3r3s3 P3Q3R3S373 8TUV 3t3u3v3T3U3V3839WXYZ 3w3x3z3W3X3Y3Z39300*3 . 3 @ 3 _ 3 ― 3 / 3 ? 3 ! 3 & 3 ' 3 " 3 : 3 ; 3 ~ 3# *2 3 (double-byte space) 3 (Date*3) 3 (Time*3) 3Character Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Clear Deletes a character entered.Keyboard display Characters assigned11223300M1000EN.book  473 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
474Entering Characters*1: Voiced sound and semi-voiced sound can be added (Only the characters that can add them). Each time you tap, it will switch as: "3 ゛(voiced sound)3 ゜(semi-voiced sound) 3 none 3 ". *2: Will start a new line by pointing it for more than 1 second,*3: Date and Time can be entered by set display format. 3 P492Entering a CharacterThe method to enter a character with Multi Tap is explained.<Example: when entering "太郎" in Name of a contact >aTap in the order by Name in a contact y $$ at the Status bar• How to operate 3 P99bEnter " たろう "cFrom the conversion candidates, tap [太郎 ]Input of "太郎" is set.• When predict conversion function is set to ON, the conversion candidate predicted to follow the character decided in conversion candidate area is displayed.• Tap END key to end the entry.44556677889900**##Character Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Others 3 (double-byte space) 3 (New-line) 3 : 3 / 3. 3, 3Clear Deletes a character entered.• To enter "た":Tap "た" once• To enter "ろ":Tap "ら" five times• To enter "う":Tap "あ" three timesKeyboard display Characters assigned00M1000EN.book  474 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
475Entering Characters• To continue entering characters, tap a key where the character you are entering is assigned.• For a character input, please refer to "Keyboard display and character assignments for each input mode" 3 P496NOTE• Following operations are also available:- Entering a fixed phrase 3 P472- Entering a symbol 3 P473- Entering a face mark 3 P474- Deleting an entered character 3 P476- Searching a dictionary 3 P475• The maximum number of characters that can be converted at once is 32 characters.Determining the Characters Entered with Multi Tap AutomaticallyYou can setup for the cursor to move automatically to the next input position and wait for an input after each character is entered by multi-taps. When entering a character assigned to the same key continuously, the operation to tap the right side of the entered character to move the cursor becomes unnecessary.aTap $$ y $$ at the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input from the Control Panel screen, tap [Advanced] from Text input setup screen, and tap Multi Tap tab from Preferences screenbTap $$ at the field of Determine automaticallycTap $$ of the speed to set for Determining cycleCharacters entered by Multi Tap are set to be determined automatically.Two TapEntering a Character with Two TapWith Two Tap, a keyboard with two or more characters assigned to one key is displayed as a character input screen. In order to enter a character, tap the key where a character to input is assigned, display the selection screen for the assigned character, and tap the character to input. • The input method needs to be set as Two Tap beforehand.3 P492Default setting Determine automatically $$:Determine automatically: Sets to automatically determine entered characters.Determining cycle: Selects the speed to determine.00M1000EN.book  475 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
476Entering CharactersKeyboard Display and Character Assignments for Each Input ModeFollowing are the keyboard display and character assignments for each input mode. Tap a key where the character entering is assigned, and a selection screen for assigned character is displayed. 1Input mode: hiragana1Input mode: single-byte katakanaKeyboard display Characters assignedあ あ い う え お ぁ ぃ ぅ ぇ ぉ ヴか か き く け こ が ぎ ぐ げ ごさ さ し す せ そ ざ じ ず ぜ ぞた た ち つ て と だ ぢ づ で ど っな な に ぬ ね のは は ひ ふ へ ほ ば び ぶ べ ぼ ぱ ぴ ぷ ぺ ぽま ま み む め もや や ゆ よ ゃ ゅ ょら ら り る れ ろわ わ を ん ゎ*、 。 - ? & " 「 」 ・ ( )# $$(double-byte space) $$(New-line) Date TimeCharacter Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Convert Converts a character entered.Clear Deletes a character entered.Keyboard display Characters assignedア ア イ ウ エ オ ァ ィ ゥ ェ ォ ヴカ カ キ ク ケ コ ガ ギ グ ゲ ゴサ サ シ ス セ ソ ザ ジ ズ ゼ ゾタ タ チ ツ テ ト ダ ヂ ヅ デ ド ッナ ナ ニ ヌ ネ ノハ ハ ヒ フ ヘ ホ バ ビ ブ ベ ボ パ ピ プ ペ ポマ マ ミ ム メ モヤ ヤ ユ ヨ ャ ュ ョラ ラ リ ル レ ロワワ ヲ ン* 、 。 - ? ! & " 「 」 ・ ( )# $$(single-byte space) $$(New-line) Date TimeCharacter Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Clear Deletes a character entered.00M1000EN.book  476 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
477Entering Characters1Input mode: single-byte alphabet1Input mode: double-byte alphabet1Input mode: single-byte numberKeyboard display Characters assigned112ABC A B C 2 a b c3DEF D E F 3 d e f4GHI G H I 4 g h i5JKL J K L 5 j k l6MNO M N O 6 m n o7PQRS P Q R S 7 p q r s8TUV T U V 8 t u v9WXYZ W X Y Z 9 w x y z00* .  ,  ?  !  -  &  '  "  :  ;  @  ~  /# $$(single-byte space) $$(New-line) Date Time .co.jp .com .net .ne.jp .or.jp http:// www. @docomo.ne.jpCharacter Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Clear Deletes a character entered.Keyboard display Characters assigned112ABC A B C 2 a b c3DEF D E F 3 d e f4GHI G H I 4 g h i5JKL J K L 5 j k l6MNO M N O 6 m n o7PQRS P Q R S 7 p q r s8TUV T U V 8 t u v9WXYZ W X Y Z 9 w x y z00*. , ? ! ― & ' " : ; @ ∼ /# $$(double-byte space) $$(New-line) Date TimeCharacter Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Clear Deletes a character entered.Keyboard display Characters assigned11223300M1000EN.book  477 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
478Entering Characters44556677889900**##Character Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Others $$(single-byte space) $$(New-line) : / . , Clear Deletes a character entered.Keyboard display Characters assigned00M1000EN.book  478 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
479Entering CharactersEntering a CharacterThe method to enter a character with Two Tap is explained.<Example: when entering "太郎" in Name field of a contact>aTap the Name field in a contact y $$ at the Status bar• How to operate 3 P99bTap [ た]cTap [ た]"た" is entered. Enter "ろう" the same way.• To enter "ろ": Tap in the order by [ら] 3 [ろ]• To enter "う": Tap in the order by [あ] 3[う]dFrom the conversion candidates, tap [ 太郎 ]Input of "太郎 " is set.• When predict conversion function is set to ON, the conversion candidate predicted to follow the character decided in conversion candidate area is displayed.• Tap END key to end the entry. • To continue entering characters, tap a key where the character you are entering is assigned.• For a character input, please refer to "Keyboard display and character assignments for each input mode" 3 P500NOTE• Following operations are also available:- Entering a fixed phrase 3 P472- Entering a symbol 3 P473- Entering a face mark 3 P474- Deleting an entered character 3 P476- Searching a dictionary 3 P475• The maximum number of characters that can be converted at once is 32 characters.A selection screen with the characters assigned to [た] key is displayed.00M1000EN.book  479 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
00M1000EN.book  480 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
481Overseas Use"WORLD WING" International Roaming Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482Services Available Outside Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483Before Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484Making Calls  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487Answering Calls  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490Switching Networks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491Setting Operations in Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4911International Roaming1Making/Answering Calls from Overseas1Settings for Overseas Use00M1000EN.book  481 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
482Overseas Use"WORLD WING" International Roaming ServiceInternational roaming is a service that makes telephone and other types of communications available from overseas, which is outside of the FOMA network service area, by using affiliated operators' networks. The international roaming service allows subscribers to use their FOMA handsets to make telephone communication including voice and video calls*2, and email, Short Message Service (SMS) and packet communication in about 220*1 countries and regions around the world.*1: As of XX 2004*2: As of XX 2004, videophone communication is available when you and the other parties are using DoCoMo (Japan), Hutchison 3G UK (United kingdom.) or Hutchison 3G HK (Hong Kong). For details, visit the DoCoMo website.• Use of the international roaming service requires a subscription to "WORLD WING," the international roaming service provided by DoCoMo. In addition, a UIM (green) made available for WORLD WING must be attached to the FOMA handset.• A UIM (blue) must be switched with a UIM (green). • When you purchase a subscription to WORLD WING at a DoCoMo information desk, the card will be exchanged free of charge. • Communication services and functions available depend on the network operator connected to. 3 P507• The communication system in Overseas networks to be applied are W-CDMA or GSM/GPRS.• By default, network switching for overseas use automatically takes place. 3 P515W-CDMA 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project)* is a global standard. A 3G mobile communication system is compliant to 3GPP.GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications)The 2nd generation mobile communication system in digital mode is most widely used around the world, especially in Europe and Asia.GPRS (General Packet Radio Service)The 2.5 generation mobile communication system is the communication method that enables high-speed packet communication through the GPRS* by utilizing GSM*: A regional standardization organization founded for the development of common technology specification relating to the 3G mobile communication system (IMT-2000).*: Packet communication with transmission speed of up to 115 kbps is available.00M1000EN.book  482 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
483Overseas UseServices Available Outside JapanServices AvailableThe following services are available outside Japan:*: Services that may be available depending on the network operator or network used.Communication Systems and Services AvailableServices and functions available differ between networks in Japan and overseas.Different communication systems and services available are as described below:Service DescriptionVoice call The phone number used in Japan can also be used for making and answering domestic calls in the country of stay and making international calls to Japan or other countries.Video call International videophone communication is available with subscribers of specific overseas 3G mobile operators or FOMA handset users in Japan.Email The email address used in Japan can also be used for email exchange from overseas.Short Message Service (SMS) The recipients' FOMA handset phone numbers can be used to exchange Short Message Service (SMS) messages between FOMA handset users from overseas.Packet communication Packet communication is available from overseas by connecting to PCs, etc.ServiceVoice call Video call Internet EmailPacket communicationShort Message Service (SMS)CommunicationsystemW-CDMA ○○○○○○GSM ○××××○GPRS○×○○○○00M1000EN.book  483 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
484Overseas Use  Before UseMake sure of the following before leaving Japan, in the country of stay and after coming back to Japan.Before Leaving JapanTo use your FOMA handset outside Japan, make sure of the following before leaving Japan.1SubscriptionA subscription to WORLD WING is required.• WORLD WING is an optional service that requires a separate subscription. No monthly charges apply.• A UIM (green) made available for WORLD WING must be attached to the FOMA handset for overseas use.1Battery chargingCheck the power supply voltage available in the country or region of stay and use the FOMA international AC adapter 01 (separately provided).• The AC adapter that comes with the handset is for domestic use only (100 VAC). An AC adapter suited to the voltage available in the place of stay is required.• Notes on use of AC adapter 3 P24• Charging the battery 3 P541Network servicesNetwork services may not be set/checked depending on the overseas network operator used. Some network services can be set/checked only in Japan. Whether network service operations can be performed or not is as described below:*: May not be set in some service areas.• For details, see "Network Service Operation Guide".• To perform voicemail or call forwarding operation from overseas, remote operation must be enabled in Japan in advance. 3 P516• Services that can be set may not be available depending on the network operator used or the region.Name of service Setting operationVoicemail Service Can be set.*Call Waiting Service Can be set.Call Forwarding Service Can be set.*Nuisance Call Blocking Service Can be set.*Dual Network Service Cannot be set.Caller ID Display Request Service Caller IDs may not be sent correctly.*English Announcement Can be set.*Caller ID Notification Can be set.*Drive Mode Can be set but no voice guidance available.English Announcement Can be set.*Roaming (roaming guidance) Can be set.*Roaming (incoming call barring when roaming) Can be set.00M1000EN.book  484 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
485Overseas UseViewing Information from Place of Stay1Display viewAn available network is automatically found and set, and available services such as voice or video call can be checked with icons that indicate the status of the network.NOTE• The indications are in green when the handset is in FOMA network service area.• The indications are in gray when the handset is outside of the area covered by the network.• The network can be manually selected for use. 3 P5151InquiriesFor inquiries about lost or stolen handsets, settlement of total charges or failure of handsets outside Japan, contact DoCoMo at the numbers shown in "For Inquires about Lost or Stolen Handsets or Settlement of Total Charges" or "About Failure" on the back cover of the manual.• The contact numbers must be prefixed with the code as shown in "International Phone Code for Universal Number (Table 1)" or "International Access Code (Table 2)" assigned to the place of stay. 3 P510The codes to prefix the contact numbers are as shown in the tables below: "International Phone Code for Universal Number (Table 1)" and "International Access Code (Table 2)."International Phone Code for Universal Number (Table 1)Area International phone codeArea International phone codeA Argentina 00 L Luxemburg 00Australia 0011 M Malaysia 00Austria 00 N New Zealand  00B Belgium 00 Norway 00Brazil 0021 P Philippines 00C Canada 011 S Singapore 001China 00 South Korea 001Columbia 009 Spain 00D Denmark 00 Sweden  00F France 00 Switzerland 00G Germany 00 T Taiwan  00H Hong Kong 001 Thailand  001Display Description$$ (Orange) Voice data can be exchanged through roaming.$$ (Orange) Voice data and still images can be exchanged through roaming.$$ (Orange) Voice data and images can be exchanged through roaming.00M1000EN.book  485 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
486Overseas UseMajor International Access Codes (Table 2)After Coming Back to JapanAfter you come back to Japan, your handset will automatically select to use the FOMA network. If your handset is set to use manual network selection, you must manually reset the handset to use the FOMA network. • The network can be manually selected for use. 3 P515NOTE• For overseas use, refer to "International Service Roaming Guide (XXX)" and "Network Service Operation Guide" together with this manual.• The Quick Reference Manual useful for referring to operations is provided on P000, which provides a convenient reference for overseas use of your FOMA handset.• Charges for overseas use will be added to the bill for monthly services. Be informed that the billing may be delayed about one month for reasons of overseas network operators.I Ireland 00 U U.K. 00Israel 014 U.S.A. 011Italy 00Area International phone codeArea International phone codeA Australia 0011 M Monaco 00B Belgium 00 N Netherlands 00Brazil 00 New Zealand  00C Canada 011 Norway  00China 00 P Philippines 00Czech 00 Poland 00D Denmark 00 Portugal 00F Finland 00/990 R Russia 810France 00 S Singapore 001G Germany 00 South Korea 001Greece 00 Spain  00H Hong Kong 001 Sweden  00Hungary 00 Switzerland 00I India 00 T Taiwan 002Indonesia 001 Thailand 001Ireland 00 Turkey 00Italy 00 U U.A.E. 00L Luxemburg 00 U.K. 00M Macao 00 U.S.A. 011Malaysia 00 V Vietnam 00Area International phone codeArea International phone code00M1000EN.book  486 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
487Overseas Use• If you have any problem about overseas use of your FOMA handset, see "Troubleshooting (for Overseas Use)". 3 P53Making CallsPhone calls from overseas to Japan or to other countries are international calls to Japan, etc. To make a call, prefix the phone number with "+" and the country code of the destination and enter the other party's phone number. When entering the phone number, remove "0" at the beginning of the area code. aTap $$ in the Application Selector barbEnter the other party's phone numberThe FOMA handset vibrates every time a key on the Enter phone number screen is tapped.• Point to [0] for 1+ seconds to enter "+".• Pause ("P"), Wait ("W"), "#" and "*" can be entered. 3 P731To call landline phones+ Country code - Area code with 0 removed - City code - Number• If the other party is a landline phone in Italy, "0" is required.1To call mobile phones+ Country code - 90 - XXXX - XXXX+ Country code - 80 - XXXX - XXXX1To call PHS phones+ Country code - 70 - XXXX - XXXXcTap [$$]• Tap [$$] to make a video call. 3 P861If you hear a busy signalThe line is busy. Press e and try again at a later time.The following operations can be performed:[0]~[9], [*], [#] : Use these keys to enter the phone number.[$$] : Deletes a digit in the phone number from the right. Pointing for 1+ seconds deletes all of the phone number entered.00M1000EN.book  487 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
488Overseas UsedTalk on the phoneePress e when you have finished your callThe line is cleared. The call duration is displayed.The following operations can be performed:[Mute]/[Unmute]: Tap this to switch between the mute and unmute settings. When the mute setting is active, the other party cannot hear your voice but you can hear the other party's voice.[$$]/[$$] : Tap this to set/release the touch screen lock. When the lock is active, all tapping operations other than $$ are disabled.[Hold]/[Resume]: Tap this to place a call on/off hold. The mute/unmute setting cannot be changed while a call is on hold.s: Press to enable/disable the speakerphone function.00M1000EN.book  488 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
489Overseas UseCountry codeCountry codes are as shown below:Making Calls within Country of StayTo make a call to a party in the country of stay, enter the other party's phone number and call in the same way as calls within Japan.• If the other party is also using international roaming, make a call in the same way as calls from overseas, even if the other party is in the same country. NOTE• Storing phone numbers including the other parties' country codes, etc. in the contact list will simplify the procedure of making international calls.• The Enter phone number screen can also be displayed by pressing e in idle state.• If your call did not get through, tap [$$Retry] on the screen to make another attempt to call the same number.• The view of the Enter phone number screen fields can be changed. 3 P139• The handset can be set not to show the call duration on the screen displayed while talking. 3 P135• An audible timer to notify you of the elapsed call time is available. 3 P128• The handset can be set not to answer incoming calls during international roaming. 3 P516• The handset can be set to play to a party who has attempted to call you during international roaming a message informing the caller that the call is being forwarded overseas 3 P517• Caller IDs may not be sent correctly.Country Code Country CodeA Australia 61 M Malaysia 60Austria 43 Monaco 377B Belgium 32 N Netherlands 31Brazil 55 New Zealand  64C Canada 1 Norway  47China 86 P Philippines 63Czech 420 Poland 48D Denmark 45 Portugal 351F Finland 358 Russia 7France 33 S Singapore 65G Germany 49 South Korea 82Greece 30 Spain  34H Hong Kong 852 Sweden  46Hungary 36 Switzerland 41I India 91 T Taiwan 886Indonesia 62 Thailand 66Ireland 353 Turkey  90Italy 39 U U.A.E. 971J Japan 81 U.K. 44L Luxemburg 352 U.S.A. 1M Macao 853 V Vietnam 8400M1000EN.book  489 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
490Overseas Use• Some overseas network operators may charge you for calls that did not get through due to communication conditions.• Some overseas network operators may charge you for calls to toll-free numbers.• When you use international videophone, the image of the other party displayed may be distorted or connection may not be established depending on the other party's handset. For details, visit the DoCoMo website.Answering CallsAnswer incoming phone calls with your FOMA handset when you are outside Japan.aA call arrivesThe ring tone sounds and the status LED flashes.• The vibrator can be enabled instead of the ring tone. 3 P126bTap [Answer]The call is answered.• If a video call arrives, tap [Answer] to answer the call with the camera image enabled. Tap [Privacy] to answer the call with the camera image disabled.• Tap [Reject] to hang up without answering the incoming call.• Operations during conversation are the same as described in Step 4 of "Making calls."cPress e when you have finished your callThe line is cleared. 1To access your FOMA handset overseas from JapanEntering your phone number in the same way as usual domestic calls allows a caller in Japan to make a call to your handset outside Japan, which you can answer.Enter "090-XXXX-XXXX" and press the Start keyOrEnter "080-XXXX-XXXX" and press the Start key1To access your FOMA handset overseas from countries other than JapanRegardless of the place of stay, entering your phone number prefixed with "+" and "81" (country code for Japan) and without the "0" at the beginning of the area code allows a caller to make a call to your handset, in the same way as overseas calls to Japan.Enter "+81-90-XXXX-XXXX" and press the Start keyOrEnter "+81-80-XXXX-XXXX" and press the Start keyNOTE• In some countries, you may be charged for calls that arrive during international roaming.• Calls that arrive while the line is busy can be automatically diverted to the Voicemail Service Center. 3 P375• Calls that arrive during international roaming are forwarded from Japan, regardless of the places of origin. The callers are charged for calls to Japan and the receivers for international forwarding.00M1000EN.book  490 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
491Overseas UseSwitching NetworksTo use your FOMA handset overseas, it is necessary to switch to a network available in the place of stay. By default, a network available will be automatically found and set. You can also select a network manually. • Network switching must take place in a country where you use your FOMA handset.• Network cannot be switched while Self mode is active.aTap $$ in the Application Selector bar, and tap Settings y Network on the Menu bar on the Phone number entry screenbTap Band and select a frequency bandcTap Registration preference, and tap Auto/Manual•If Auto has been tapped, the network found will be automatically set.•If Manual has been tapped, select from the networks found to set the network.dTap Search frequency and select the frequency of searcheTap [Find new network]A network is found. If Registration preference is set to Auto, the network found will be automatically registered.1If Registration preference is set to ManualThe screen as shown below is displayed after a network has been found.Tap the network to set, and tap [Register].The selected network will be registered.fTap [Done]Setting Operations in RoamingSet operations for handling calls that arrive while you are using international roaming outside Japan.• For details about network services, see "Network Service Operation Guide".Default setting Band: WCDMA Registration preference: Auto Search frequency: MediumBand : Select a frequency band suited for the country of stay.Registration preference: Set the network automatically or manually.Search frequency : Set the frequency of searching for a network.Find new network : Starts a search for a new network.00M1000EN.book  491 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
492Overseas UseMaking available Remote Operation of Network Services during RoamingSet your handset to allow remote operation of Voicemail and Call Forwarding Services from overseas.• This operation can be performed only by subscribers of Voicemail or Call Forwarding Service.aTap $$ in the Application Selector bar, and tap Settings y Roaming in the Menu barbTap $$ in the Remote access control field, and tap [Yes]Remote access is enabled.• Tap $$ to disable remote access.Avoiding Calls Arriving during RoamingYour handset can be set to restrict incoming calls or data communications during roaming.aTap $$ in the Application Selector bar, and tap Settings y Roaming in the Menu bar on the Phone number entry screenbTap $$ in the Incoming call barring when roaming field, and enter the network security code on the Enter network security code screenIncoming call barring is set.• Tap $$ to remove incoming call barring when roaming.NOTE• The operation cannot be performed outside the service area or in an area with no radio wave.Enabling Guidance in RoamingThe handset can be set to play to a party who has attempted to call you during international roaming a message informing the caller that you are in international roaming.• If the guidance function is not set, a message "Connecting your call. Please hold." is played to the caller.00M1000EN.book  492 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
493Overseas Use• Even if you have not enabled the guidance, a message in a foreign language may play depending on the conditions of the overseas network operator. The ringing tone may be different from that in Japan.aTap $$ in the Application Selector bar, and tap Settings y Roaming on the Menu bar on the Contact entry screenbTap $$ in the Roaming Guidance field on the Roaming screenThe guidance function is enabled. To a caller, a message "The receiver is in international roaming. Please hold while your call is being connected." is played.• Tap $$ to disable the guidance.NOTE• The operation cannot be performed outside the service area or in an area with no radio wave.00M1000EN.book  493 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
00M1000EN.book  494 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
495AppendixMenu List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496List of Symbols and Special Characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497List of Fixed Phrases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498List of Roman Character Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499Combination of Functions during Multiaccess  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501Services Available for FOMA Handset  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501Options and Related Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503Desktop Suite and SyncML  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503Troubleshooting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510Error Message List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511Warranty and After-sales Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515Protecting the Handset from Data that can Cause Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5161When Troubled00M1000EN.book  495 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
496AppendixMenu ListTap $$ (Application launcher) on Application Selector bar to display.Application Description Reference$$ Browse Accesses Internet and a homepage can be viewed. P193$$ Calculator A calculator can be used. P350$$ Calendar Displays a calendar, and schedules can be registered. P322$$ Camera Takes still images/videos. P169$$ Contacts Registration of contacts and searching contacts are performed. P99$$ Control panelHandset tabCertificate manager Displays User certificates/CA certificates. P220Text input Details of text input are set up. P467, 480, 484, 486, 490, 499Sound Sound such as Ringers are set. P126Shortcut key Sets the menu launched by a home/shortcut key. P345Password Sets a Security code and a Phone Lock. P147, 154Master Clear/Master Reset Performs Master Clear/Master Reset. P360Manner Mode Sets the operation of the Manner Mode. P129Memory card Formats a memory card, or changes its name. P302Memory manager Displays application memory. P306, 308, 310Screen Adjusts brightness and tap location of the screen. P134Settings for cars Sets the operation for connecting FOMA handset to a Carkit. P75Power Sets the operation of the Power save mode and Status LED. P136Handset information Displays system information of the FOMA handset. P350Connection tabBluetooth Sets the detail of Bluetooth. P382Desktop Suite Sets the connection type of Desktop Suite. P529Internet account Sets the necessary settings for connecting to an internet. P183Messaging accounts Sets messaging accounts. P227Byte Counter Displays the amount of data transmitted. P34800M1000EN.book  496 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
497AppendixList of Symbols and Special Characters• Entering symbols and special characters 3P473$$ Connection tabFind Wireless LAN Access PointSearches an access point of a wireless LAN. P398General tabSelect Language Changes the language displayed on the screen. P142International Sets present country and currency unit. P140Ringtune Manager Installation of ringtones and Vibrator Setting is performed. P124, 127Time & date Sets the date, time and display format. P59$$ Desktop Suite Synchronizes PC and data. P530$$ Home Displays the Home screen. P57$$ Message Sends and receives messages. P234$$ Music Plays music. P285$$ Notes Registers texts and Free draw notes. P351$$ Handset Displays a phone number entry screen. P66$$ Picsel Viewer Displays various files. P289$$ Pictures Manages pictures such as still pictures taken. P274$$ SyncML Synchronizes data with a specific server with wireless. P530$$ Time Sets a display of time and alarm. P319, 358$$ To Do Registers what needs to be done. P336$$ Video Manages videos taken. P280$$ Voice Records a speech with the voice recorder. P313$$ movianVPN Connects with such as intranet, by utilizing VPN. P400$$ Virus scan Checks for a virus in FOMA handset or Trans Flash memory card. P540Double-byteSingle-byteApplication Description Reference! " # $ % & ' ( )  * +  ,  ‐  .  /  :  ;  <  =  >  ?  @  [  ]  ¥^ _ ` { } |00M1000EN.book  497 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
498AppendixList of Fixed Phrases• Entering fixed phrases 3 P472PorticularCategory Fixed phrasesGreeting おはようございます こんにちはこんばんは おやすみなさいありがとうございます すいませんよろしくお願いします お疲れ様ですご無沙汰しております おめでとうReply OK NG賛成  反対了解です 問題ありません今やっています すぐ行きますもう少し待ってください いつでも大丈夫ですBusiness 電話ください。 至急、返事ください。遅れます。 これから帰社します。会議中です。 出張中です。直行します。 直帰します。お世話になっております。 後程ご連絡致します。Private TELして 遊びに行こうよ飲みに行かない? 今日、ヒマ?今どこ? 今何してるの?もうすぐ着くよ じゃあ、後で!今日はダメです いいよ!English Thank you Call me back!I'm late. Where are you now?I'll be back soon. Let's meet atIt sounds great! Congratulations!Good luck! I love you.00M1000EN.book  498 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
499AppendixList of Roman Character EntriesHiragana/Kanji entry is performed by Roman character input, when the input method is set to Qwerty Keyboard and input mode is set to kanji mode. 3P471Internet @docomo.ne.jp .co.jp .ne.jp.or.jp .ac.jp .comhttp:// https:// ftp://www. .org .net.jp .htmlLine Entering character Keys to tapあline あいうえおaiyiuwueoぁぃぅぇぉlaxalixilyixyiluxulexelyexyeloxoうぁ うぃ うぇ うぉ wha whiwiwhewewhoぃぇ yeかline かきくけこkacaki kucuquke kocoがぎぐげごga gi gu ge goきゃ きぃ きゅ きぇ きょ kya kyi kyu kye kyoぎゃ ぎぃ ぎゅ ぎぇ ぎょ gya gyi gyu gye gyoくぁ くぃ くぅ くぇ くぉ qwaqakwaqwiqiqyiqwu qweqeqyeqwoqoくゃ くゅ くょ qya qyu qyoぐぁ ぐぃ ぐぅ ぐぇ ぐぉ gwa gwi gwu gwe gwoさline さしすせそsa sicishisu secesoざじずぜぞza zijizu ze zoしゃ しい しゅ しぇ しょ syashasyi syushusyeshesyoshoじゃ じぃ じゅ じぇ じょ zyajajyazyijyizyujujyuzyejejyezyojojyoすぁ すぃ すぅ すぇ すぉ swa swi swu swe swoCategory Fixed phrases00M1000EN.book  499 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
500Appendixたline たちつてとta tichituthute toちゃ ちぃ ちゅ ちぇ ちょ tyachacyatyicyityuchucyutyechecyetyochocyoつぁ つぃ つぇ つぉ tsa tsi tse tsoてゃ てぃ てゅ てぇ てょ tha thi thu the thoとぁ とぃ とぅ とぇ とぉ twa twi twu twe twoだぢづでどda di du de doぢゃ ぢぃ ぢゅ ぢぇ ぢょ dya dyi dyu dye dyoでゃ でぃ でゅ でぇ でょ dha dhi dhu dhe dhoどぁ どぃ どぅ どぇ どぉ dwa dwi dwu dwe dwoっituxtuなline なにぬねのna ni nu ne noにゃ にぃ にゅ にぇ にょ nya nyi nyu nye nyoはline はひふへほha hi hufuhe hoひゃ ひぃ ひゅ ひぇ ひょ hya hyi hyu hye hyoふぁ ふぃ ふぅ ふぇ ふぉ fwafafwififyifwu fwefefyefwofoふゃ ふゅ ふょ fya fyu fyoばびぶべぼba bi bu be boびゃ びぃ びゅ びぇ びょ bya byi byu bye byoヴぁ ヴぃ ヴ ヴぇ ヴぉ va vi vu ve voヴゃ ヴぃ ヴゅ ヴぇ ヴょ vya vyi vyu vye vyoぱぴぷぺぽpa pi pu pe poぴゃ ぴぃ ぴゅ ぴぇ ぴょ pya pyi pyu pye pyoまline まみむめもma mi mu me moみゃ みぃ みゅ みぇ みょ mya myi myu mye myoやline やゆよya yu yoゃゅょlyaxyalyuxyulyoxyoらline らりるれろra ri ru re roりゃ りぃ りゅ りぇ りょ rya ryi ryu rye ryoわline わをんwa wo nnnn'xnゎiwaxwaLine Entering character Keys to tap00M1000EN.book  500 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
501AppendixCombination of Functions during MultiaccessThe available combination of operations for Multiaccess is as shown below: Services Available for FOMA HandsetNOTE• If you use the collect call service (106), the call charge is billed to the receiver together with a commission of 90 yen (94.5 yen with tax included) per call. (as of XX 2004)• If you use the directory assistance service (104), a service charge of 100 yen (105 yen with tax included) is billed together with the call charge. Note that this service is available without charge for those visually impaired or physically disabled in the upper body. For further information, inquire at 116 (NTT sales center) from a general subscriber phone. (as of XX 2004)Operation to be usedMaking/receiving a voice callMaking/receiving a video callConnecting to InternetSending/receiving a messageSending/receiving SMSCurrent statusWhile on a voice call ○×ab○While on a video call ××ab○While connected to Internetcc -○○○:  Available×:  Not available.–:  The combination is functionally not possible.a:  Internet connection not available via CSD in overseas.b:  Not available to send/receive messages via CSD in overseas.c:  A call cannot be made or received during an internet connection via CSD in overseas.Available service Phone numberCollect call (reversed charge calls) 106 (no area code)Directory assistance for general subscriber phones and DoCoMo's mobile phones (charges apply).(Unlisted phone numbers cannot be given.)104 (no area code)Telegrams (charges apply) 8 a.m. - 10 p.m. 115 (no area code)Time (charges apply) 117 (no area code)Weather report (charges apply) Area code + 177Police emergencies 110 (no area code)Fire and ambulance 119 (no area code)Marine emergencies and accident reports 118 (no area code)Message Dial for a disaster (charges apply) 171 (no area code)00M1000EN.book  501 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
502Appendix• Note that calls to 110, 119 or 118 from the FOMA handset cannot be located. Since the police or fire department authorities may call you to confirm, inform them that you are calling from a mobile phone, give your number and detailed information of your whereabouts. To make sure that you are not cut off during the call, stay in one place when you make the call and do not turn off the phone after the call, but keep it on for about 10 minutes so that a call can be received.• Depending on the area you are calling from you may not be connected to the local police or fire department. Use a public payphone or general subscriber phone if you cannot get in touch with the local authorities.• Customers who use "Call Forwarding" and "Voice Warp" from a general subscriber phone whose forwarding destination is a mobile or carphone (mobile phone), may still hear the ring tone even when the mobile phone is busy, is outside the service area or is turned OFF due to the setting of the general subscriber/mobile phone.• You may not be able to call 116 (NTT sales center), Dial Q2, Message Dial and make credit card calls. (Credit card calls can be made from a general subscriber or a public phone to a FOMA handset.)00M1000EN.book  502 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
503AppendixOptions and Related DevicesCombining the FOMA handset with optional devices supports a wide variety uses from personal use to business use. Some products are unavailable depending on the region. For details, contact our sales office. For details about the optional devices, refer to the instruction manual for each device.Desktop Suite and SyncMLFOMA handset has two types of software in order to synchronize data. 1Desktop suiteA FOMA handset connected to a personal computer with USB, or via Bluetooth, can transmit and synchronize data such as Contacts, Calendar, To do list, and messages.With Desktop suite, installation and transmission of applications and files to a FOMA handset can be performed in addition to transmission and synchronization of data.1SyncMLA FOMA handset connected to a personal computer via a wireless LAN, can transmit and synchronize data such as Contacts, Calendar, and To do list.Please see the following homepage or the help of Desktop suite/SyncML about details on such as download method, data which can be transmitted/synchronized, a hardware requirement, the operation method, and restrictions.<XXXXXMaker site name> http://www.XXXXXXHardware RequirementsPlease use in the operational environments shown below.*: Required memory and hard disk space may vary depending on system environments.• AC adapter MXX • Desktop holder MXX• Battery pack MXX • Rear cover MXX• Carrying case MXX • Stylus MXX• USB cable MXX • FOMA USB cable• International FOMA AC adapter 01 • Earphone/microphone with flat switch P01/P02• Flat type stereo earphone set P01 • Earphone/microphone with switch P001/P002*• Stereo earphone set P001**: Earphone jack converter adapter P001 is needed.Item Required environmentOS Windows XP, Windows 2000, Windows Me, Windows 98SECPU A processor with XX or higher performance is recommended.Required memory* XXMB or higherFree hard disk space* XXMB or higherDisplay High Color (16bit) or higher is recommended.00M1000EN.book  503 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
504AppendixBefore Using<Qualification>Please see the above homepage or the help of Desktop suite/SyncML about details on such as download method, data which can be transmitted/synchronized, a hardware requirement, the operation method, and restrictions.For inquiries on Desktop suite and SyncMLXXXXSupport Center 0120-XXX-XXXOffice hours: Week days from XX:XX to XX:XX a.m. and XX:XX to XX:XX p.m.(Saturdays, Sundays, public holidays, and predetermined holidays are excluded)Using Desktop SuiteBy using Desktop Suite, following operations can be performed between a personal computer linked to a FOMA handset.Installing Desktop Suite PCaSet the attached CD-ROM to a personal computerbClick in the order of [スタート ] (Start) menu y “ ファイル名を指定して実行 ” (Execute by specifying a file name)cSpecify "The drive name of CD-ROM: \XXX\setup.exe" and click [OK]Starting Desktop Suite PCPlease connect a FOMA handset and a personal computer beforehand, after they are powered on. 3 P416aSelect in the order of [ スタート ] (Start) menu y “ すべてのプログラム ” (All Programs) ([Programs] for OS other than WindowsXP) • From here on, please follow the instructions displayed on the screen.00M1000EN.book  504 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
505Appendixy "Motorola Desktop Suite", and click on "Motorola Desktop Suite"Starting of Desktop Suite PC will display the above screen.1About detailed operation method of Desktop Suite PCPlease refer to the help file. The display method is as follows:Select in the order of [スタート] (Start) menu y “すべてのプログラム” (All Programs) ([Programs] for OS other than WindowsXP) y "Motorola Desktop Suite", and click on "Motorola Desktop Help"Uninstalling Desktop Suite PCUninstalls Desktop Suite PC• Before uninstalling, please end Desktop Suite PC.• The display on the screen differs when an OS other than Windows XP is used.< Example: When uninstalling form Windows XP >aClick on the icons in the order of [スタート ] (Start) menu y “ コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel) y “ プログラムの追加と削除 ” (Add or Remove Programs)The “プログラムの追加と削除” (Add or Remove Programs) screen is displayed.1For Windows 2000 Professional, MeClick on [スタート] (Start) menu, and select in the order of [設定] (Setting) y “ コントロールパネル” (Control Panel) and double click on “アプリケーションの追加と削除” (Add or Remove Programs)“アプリケーションの追加と削除” (Add or Remove Programs) screen (for Windows Me, “アプリケーションの追加と削除のプロパティ ” (Property of Add or Remove Programs) ) is displayed.bSelect "Motorola Desktop Suite" and click on “ 変更と削除 ” (Change or Delete)• From here on, please follow the instructions displayed on the screen.Setting the Connection Method of Desktop SuiteThe method for connecting to Desktop Suite (USB cable connection/Bluetooth communication) is set.00M1000EN.book  505 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
506AppendixaTap $$ y $$ in the Application Selector bar, tap Connect tab from Control Panel screen y tap Desktop Suite1Changing the precedence of apparatus when connection method is set to BluetoothTap [Change]bTap Connection Drop Box, set connection method y tap [Done]Operating Desktop SuiteDesktop Suite is operated and data is transmitted. The connection starts with the method set at "Setting the connection method of Desktop Suite" (3 P529)• When connecting via USB, this operation is performed after connecting a personal computer with a FOMA handset with an USB cable beforehand. 3 P414• When connecting via Bluetooth, it is recommended to register the connecting Bluetooth apparatus beforehand. 3 P382Display : Tap and select when displaying the Bluetooth apparatus by types.Device list : The apparatus by which Bluetooth connection was made (above the line), and the apparatus being searched (below the line) are displayed.• Tap [Update] to start a search for apparatus available for Bluetooth connection starts.3P383When the connection method is USBWhen the connection method is Bluetooth00M1000EN.book  506 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
507AppendixaTap $$ y $$ in the Application Selector barbTap [Connect]1When disconnectingTap [Disconnect]Synchronizing a Personal Computer with a Data by Using SyncMLSetting up SyncMLPerforms a server setup in order to use SyncML.• Information necessary for the setting will be supplied by the provider of SyncML.aTap $$ y $$ at the Application Selector barbTap in the order from Edit y Settings in the Menu barServer address : Enter a server address.Username : Enter a username.Password : Enter a password.When connecting via USBWhen connecting via Bluetooth00M1000EN.book  507 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
508AppendixcTap a column to set up, and enter information1When performing a setting for a transport login• Please perform this when needed. Information necessary for the setting will be supplied by the provider of SyncML.aTap Protocol tabbTap $$ at Use transport login column• Tap $$ to disable Transport Login.cTap the Username column, and enter a user namedTap the Password column, and enter a passworddTap [Done]The server is set.Setting the Task to SynchronizeSets the task to synchronize by SyncML.aTap $$ y $$ in the Application Selector barTransport protocol: Transport protocol is displayed.Use transport login: Sets enable/disable of transport login.Username : The user name for transport login is entered. This can be entered only when transport login is enabled.Password : The password for transport login is entered. This can be entered only when transport login is enabled.The task to synchronize is displayed.00M1000EN.book  508 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
509AppendixbTap a task to setcTap $$ of Enable task• Tap $$ to disable the task.dTap Ta sk n ame  column, and enter a task name• Make a change as needed.eTap Server database column and enter a path• Make a change as needed.fTap [Done]The task is set.• Tap [Cancel] to cancel the task setting.Synchronizing DataConnects to the SyncML server, and synchronizes the data. aTap $$ y $$ in the Application Selector barEnable task : Sets enable/disable of the task.Task name : The task name acquired beforehand is displayed.Server database: The path to the server database acquired beforehand is displayed.The task to synchronize is displayed.The tasks with synchronization disabled are displayed 3 P53200M1000EN.book  509 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
510AppendixbTap [Sync]cSynchronizationTroubleshootingSymptom CheckFOMA handset cannot be turned ON (the handset cannot be used).• Is the battery connected properly? 3 P52• Is the battery depleted? 3 P55• When the mova handset is ON in a dual network service, the FOMA service is not available. Check whether or not FOMA handset is ON. Please see "Network Service Operation Guide" for further information. 3 P373A message "UIM selection failed" is displayed when the FOMA handset is powered on.• The UIM may not be properly attached or may be damaged. Check to see if the UIM is properly attached. 3 P49Screen does not change when a key is pressed or the touch screen is tapped while the display is turned off.• Is All lock set? 3 P153The display gets dark, and indication disappeared. • Is the handset in power saving mode? 3 P42"Battery Status: Very Low Recharge Battery" is displayed, and alarm is heard.• The battery is almost discharged. Charge the battery. 3 P54Calls cannot be made by entering a phone number. • Is Self-mode set? 3 P155After dialling a number, you hear a busy tone and cannot establish your call.• Have you dialed the area code? 3 P66• Did you hear the dial tone before dialling? 3 P66• Is "No service" indicated? 3 P41Mail reception is announced by other than the set ring tone.• Is the mail from the partner whom you registered the ringer tone in the phonebook? 3 P104The image/melody set in each function does not display/play, and operates in default setting.• Is the same UIM as the one acquired the picture or the melody attached? 3 P50The progress of synchronization is displayed.Condition of the task is displayed.• Tap [Stop] to cancel the performing synchronization.• Tap SyncML 3 Disconnect on the Menu bar to disconnect the communication.00M1000EN.book  510 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
511AppendixError Message ListThe icon indicating the network state shows the handset is out of network coverage, and you cannot use the global roaming service.• You are outside the service area of global roaming service, or in an area with poor signal strength.• Please check with "Network Service Operation Guide" or the homepage of WORLD WING to see whether the service area or the operator is the one you can use.• Please switch to a corresponding network. 3 P515Neither a Video Call, a short message service (SMS), nor a packet communication can be used.• Please check with "Network Service Operation Guide" or the homepage of WORLD WING to see whether the service area or the operator is the one you can use.• Please switch to a corresponding network. 3 P515Cannot receive either a voice call or a video call. • Is Incoming call barring when roaming set? 3 P516After returning from overseas, the icon indicating the network state remains displaying no service.• Is the network set for GSM/GPRS system? 3 P515Displayed Messaget Description ReferenceThis software cannot be installed as the installation file is corruptThe application was not able to install, since the file is corrupt.P362Application was not able to install since there is insufficient memory in the handset. Please delete an unnecessary file and try againThere is insufficient memory for the specified installation. Delete some files and restart the installation.P363Cannot find specified memory card. Check if the memory card is properly insertedApplication was not able to uninstall due to an error. P363The download was aborted due to an errorWas not able to download due to an error. P211Delete or move internal files to the memory cardA photograph cannot be taken since the memory in the FOMA handset is full. Please either move to the external memory, or delete unnecessary picture/video.P307, 308Move or delete some files A photograph cannot be taken since the memory in the FOMA handset is full. Please either move to the external memory, or delete unnecessary picture/video.P307, 308Captured file could not be storedThe picture/video taken was not able to save due to an error. P169, 170Folder changed to default external folderThe specified folder was not correct, so the default external folder is opened.P303Camera could not be accessed. The application will closeThe camera application is closed due to an error. P16900M1000EN.book  511 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
512AppendixNot all contacts were deleted successfullyCertain contacts were not able to delete. P113Not all contacts were copied successfullyCertain contacts were not able to copy. P115Not all contacts were moved successfullyCertain contacts were not able to move. P115Contact can't be saved. Please enter name.This message displays when you attempt to save a contact without entering a name. Please try saving again after entering a name.P99Illegal characters. Contact was updated.When you attempt to save a contact that includes characters that cannot be saved to UIM, the data will be changed and then saved.P105USB cable not connected. Since the USB cable is not connected to the FOMA handset, it cannot connect to a PC.P414Failed to connect to PC via USB. Check the settings on the PC.FOMA handset cannot be connected to a PC via USB. P417Do you want to enable Bluetooth?This message is displayed when attempting to connect FOMA handset with a PC using Bluetooth, and an available device is not set.Please tap [Yes], and set the available device.P382Your preferred device cannot be found. Make sure it is turned on and in-range. Alternatively change your preferred device.This message is displayed when attempting to connect FOMA handset with a PC using Bluetooth, and an available device is not set. Please tap [Update], and you can select another device from the list of available devices.P382Check Failed The check on a short message (SMS) failed. P263A handset is trying to connect in order to transfer an entry.Other handset is trying to connect to the FOMA handset in order to transmit data. Tap [Accept] to receive the data with Bluetooth.P385The file name already exists This message is displayed when you attempt to change a file name to the one already exist. Please use other file name.P304Enter a name for the track This message displays when you attempt to change a music file name without entering anything. Please enter a file name.P304This application's file is damaged and has been deletedThe dameaged data in notes is deleted. -TV Phone is not available You are not in an area where a Video Call can be used. You can make a voice call by tapping [Voice].P89Failed to connect Video call cannot be made due to an error. You can make a voice call by tapping [$$Voice].P89Video call cannot be dialed in an active audio callThis message displays when attempting to make a video call during a voice call. You can make a voice call by tapping [$$Voice].P89Failed A setup of network service failed due to an error. -Failure Network failure Failed a network search for setting up a network, due to an error.-Displayed Messaget Description Reference00M1000EN.book  512 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
513AppendixFailure Other Phone is Busy The other phone is busy when switching Dual Network. P373Failure Invalid Network PasswordThe password for the network is incorrect. P146Network password incorrect The password for the network is incorrect. P146Not Subscribed The network service is not subscribed. -Failure Network already existsThe network attempted to be registered already exists in the preferred list.-List full  Please delete an entry firstThe preferred list is full. -Failure Emergency only Either network cannot be found, or manual network selection is cancelled.-Failure No Service The network cannot be used, -Incorrect password PIN is not correct. P147Incorrect password PIN will be blocked if next attempt failsReentered PIN is not correct. P147PIN is blocked PIN is locked. P151None of UIMs is selected UIM is not selected. -UIM selection failed An error occurred with the UIM. -Unknown document file type It is a file not supported. P289The document is faulty, and could not be convertedAn error occurred with the file. P289Image could not be loaded Image could not be loaded due to an error.  -Image is too large to operate The image is too large to display or edit. P275Image could not be moved Image could not be moved due to an error. -Image could not be renamed Image could not be renamed due to an error. -Image could not be deleted Image could not be deleted due to an error. -Unable to play clip. Unable to play clip due to an error. -Enter a name for the clip. This message displays when you attempt to change a clip file name without entering anything. Please enter a file name.P304Unable to update pattern definitions.Failed to update pattern definitions of virus scan due to an error.-Cannot use pattern scanner. Initialization of virus scan failed due to an error -The total data amount exceeds the specified threshold.The total packet data sent and received exceeded the specified threshold.P349A certificate must be selected.A certificate needs to be selected. P220Client certificates are not available. Network authentication cannot be configured.Either a certificate does not exist, or the certificate has expired, so it cannot be used.P220Displayed Messaget Description Reference00M1000EN.book  513 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
514AppendixA problem occurred during the automatic settings updateDownloading quickstart failed due to an error. -Failure Device settings not resetMaster Reset failed due to an error. -Failure User data not cleared Device settings not resetMaster Clear failed due to an error. -Bad name It is a name that cannot be registered in TransFlash memory card.P302Switch off light must be less than or equal to the time to Power down screenIt will be adjusted accordinglyThe time for Power down screen in power saving mode cannot be set up shorter than the time for switch off light. Please reset the time again.P136Battery Status: Very Low Recharge BatteryLow battery. Please charge. P54You cannot delete the …… folder because it still has items in it.The folder could not be deleted since it has data in it. P303Your handset is low on memory. Do you want to create some space now?The memory capacity of FOMA handset is insufficient. Tap [Yes] to display the screen for deleting unnecessary files, or the memory manager.P311Disk is full The memory is full. Delete unnecessary files. P311This file is damaged and can't be used.The file is damaged, so it cannot be used. -This application's file is damaged and has been deleted.The file is damaged, so it has been deleted. -Failed to read the user dictionary. Are you sure you want to initialize?Failed to read the user dictionary. Tap [OK] to initialize and activate.P484Failed to read the learning dictionary. Are you sure you want to initialize?Failed to read the learning dictionary. Tap [OK] to initialize and activate.P490Invalid Battery  Unable to Charge BatteryAn invalid battery pack is used. Please use an appropriate battery pack.P52No viewer can be found on your device to open this file.It is a file type that cannot be supported. Tap [Save] to be saved in FOMA handset.P250Displayed Messaget Description Reference00M1000EN.book  514 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
515AppendixWarranty and After-sales ServiceWarranty• A written warranty is provided with every FOMA handset; make sure that you receive it. Store the warranty in a safe place when you have read it and checked that it contains the "shop name/date" you purchased it. If it does not contain the necessary information, contact the shop where you bought it. The warranty is valid for a period of one year from the date of purchase.• This product and all accessories are subject to change, in part or whole, for the sake of improvement without prior notice.After-sales ServiceWhen Problems OccurBefore requesting service, read the section "Troubleshooting".If the problem still persists, contact one of the numbers described in "Contacts" at the back cover of this manual.If the Result of Inquiries Indicates that a Repair is RequiredTake your FOMA handset to a service center designated by DoCoMo. Be sure to check the opening hours of the service center. Note that you must present the warranty.1In the warranty period• The FOMA handset will be repaired at no charge subject to the conditions of the warranty.• The warranty must be presented to receive warranty service. The subscriber will be charged for the repair of items not covered in the warranty or repairs of defects resulting from misuse, accident or neglect even during the warranty period.• The subscriber is charged even during the warranty period for the repair of failures caused by the use of devices or consumable items that are not DoCoMo-specified.1Repairs may not be possible in the following cases:• Repair is not possible when corrosion due exposure to moisture, condensation or perspiration is detected in a moisture seal reaction or test, or if any of the internal boards are damaged or deformed. Since these conditions are outside the scope of the warranty, a repair, if at all possible, will be charged.1After expiration of the warranty• All repairs that are requested are charged.1Replacement parts• Replacement parts (parts required to maintain product function) will be kept in stock for at least 6 years after termination of production. The product can be repaired during this period. Depending on the nature of the required repair, it may still be possible to repair your phone even after this period, so please contact one of the numbers described in "Contacts" at the back cover of this manual.Notes• Do not modify the FOMA handset, the UIM or its accessories.00M1000EN.book  515 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
516Appendix- Fire, injury or damage may result.- In order to prevent interference of radio waves or network breakdown, the FOMA handset and UIM are manufactured according to technical standards stipulated by law. Do not use FOMA handsets or UIMs that do not meet these standards.- If the FOMA handset is modified (part replacement, modification, painting, etc.) it will be repaired only after the modified parts have been restored to the condition at the time of purchase. However, repair may be refused depending on the nature of modification.- Repair of failures or damage caused by modification are charged even during the warranty period.• Do not remove any inscription stickers attached to the FOMA handset. The inscription stickers certify that the FOMA handset satisfies specific technical standards. Note that if stickers are removed intentionally or are reattached in such a way that confirmation of the sticker's contents is impossible, repair or servicing may be refused because confirmation of whether or not the phone conforms to relevant technical standards cannot be made.• The ON/OFF function settings and stored data may be cleared (reset) by failure, repair or handling processes. Should this happen, set up the functions again.• Magnetic components are used in the earpiece and speaker of the FOMA handset. Do not allow cash cards or other devices that are vulnerable to magnetism to come into contact with the phone.• If the handset becomes wet or moist, turn the power off and remove the battery pack immediately and bring the handset to our repair office as soon as possible. However, repair may not be possible depending on the condition of the handset.Phonebook, Downloaded Data and IC Card Data• Maintain a separate record of the data you register in your FOMA handset. DoCoMo will not accept any liability and responsibility whatsoever for changes of information or loss of information.• Data created, imported or downloaded by the subscriber may be lost or become corrupted when changing the model or repairing mobile phone or carphone. DoCoMo may, at its option, repair a mobile carphone by replacing it. In such an event, it will not be possible, to transfer the data (except some data) to the new handset. DoCoMo will not accept any responsibility. Scan Function Protecting the Handset from Data that can Cause Damage By using the Scan Function, FOMA handset can perform a virus scan in FOMA handset or a TransFlash memory card. When it is found infected from a result of a virus scan, the virus can be cleansed immediately.• The scan cannot be performed when another application is in use.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector barLast Scan : Displays the date of the last scan.Last Update : Displays the date of the last update of the pattern file.00M1000EN.book  516 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
517AppendixbTap [$$Start scanning] cTap $$ y [OK] of the media you are scanningdTap [OK]The scan starts, and the result is displayed when the scan completes.• Tap [Cancel] to cancel the start of scanning.• Tap [Cancel] to cancel the scan during a scan. Updating the Virus Pattern FileVirus scan uses the virus pattern file in order to distinguish viruses. By updating the virus pattern file, it would make it possible to scan new viruses.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, and tap [Update] from the virus scan screenAll media : Scans both FOMA handset and TransFlash memory card.Internal memory: Scans FOMA handset.Card name : Scans TransFlash memory card.• When a TransFlash memory card is not attached, the selection screen for the media would not be displayed. It will skip toStep 4. • Tap [Cancel] to cancel the start of scanning.00M1000EN.book  517 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
518AppendixbTap [OK]cTap [OK]The phone ID is transmitted, and the update starts.• Tap [Cancel] to cancel the transmission of the phone ID.• Tap [Cancel] y [OK] to cancel the update.dTap [OK]The update completes.NOTE• When the pattern data is updated, SSL communication is performed to the server (the site of our company). Please enable the SSL certificate. 3P195• When the pattern data is updated, the unique information (model, serial number, etc.) of your handset is automatically transmitted to our server (the server that our company manages for the scanning function). We do not use the transmitted information for any purposes other than the scanning function.• Please set the date (year, month, and day) of your FOMA handset correctly.• In case an update of a virus pattern file fails, please redo the update from the beginning. • If the virus pattern file in the handset is the latest one, a message is displayed indicating that the pattern file is the newest. • Tap [Cancel] to cancel the update.00M1000EN.book  518 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
519Appendix1Functions and data that can be scanned1When infected with a virusIf a virus is detected during a scan, the confirmation screen for deleting the virus will be displayed.1When the scan completesWhen the scan completes, a screen with the result of the scan is displayed.•[Since the specification is not decided yet, detail is omitted.]• Tap [Delete] or [OK] to delete the detected virus, and to resume the scan.• Tap [Skip] to resume the scan without deleting the detected virus.No virus Virus deleted Virus not deleted00M1000EN.book  519 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
520AppendixTap [Details] in the result screen shown at virus detection to display details on the scan.Checking the Version of the Virus Pattern FileThe detailed information on virus scan application is displayed, and the version of a virus pattern file can be checked. aTap in the sequence of $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, and tap Virus Scan on the Menu bar y About Virus ScanApplication name and the version of the virus pattern file are displayed.$$: The virus has been deleted.$$ : The virus has not been deleted.• Select a file name and tap [Details] to notify the infected file, name of the virus, and the status of the virus (deleted/deleted or not) .The name of infected file00M1000EN.book  520 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
00M1000EN.book  522 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
About Proper Telephone EtiquetteDo not disturb people around you when using your FOMA handset. Always turn OFF your FOMA handset in the following situations:1In a location where use of handsets is prohibitedThere are places where you cannot use a handset. Always turn OFF your FOMA handset when:• In an airplane • In a hospital* Be aware that patients use electronic medical equipment in many areas in hospitals. Your FOMA handset must be switched off even in lobbies or waiting rooms.1While drivingUsing your FOMA handset while driving could affect safe driving and cause danger.* Stop your car in a safe place before using your FOMA handset or use Drive Mode.1While in a crowded train where there may be a person who uses an implanted cardiac pacemaker or cardioverter defibrillator near you.1Use of the handset could adversely affect the operation of an implanted cardiac pacemaker or cardioverter defibrillator.1While in public places such as a concert hall, movie theater or art museumUsing your FOMA handset in quiet public places will likely bother other people.Match the volume of your voice and your FOMA handset's ring tone to your location1In a quiet location like a restaurant or hotel lobby, pay attention to the volume of your voice and ring tones, etc. when using your FOMA handset.1In town areas, while using your FOMA handset, be sure not to block foot or vehicular traffic.Consider privacyGive consideration to privacy before shooting or sending images with a mobile phone with a built-in camera."Silent" functions designed for public useYour FOMA handset has a number of useful "silent" functions designed for public use, such as a setting that instructs your handset not to answer incoming calls and the ability to set the handset for silent operation.2Manner ModeMutes all sounds your FOMA handset makes, such as keypad sound and ring tones. 3P1602Drive ModePlays a guidance to notify that you cannot answer the call because you are driving a car, then disconnects the call. This mode ensures your safety while driving because no ring tone sounds when a call is received. 3P792VibratorVibrates when there is an incoming call. 3P1552Voice messageAllows the caller to leave a message when you cannot answer the phone. 3P81In addition to the above functions, optional services such as Voice Mail Service and Call Forwarding Service are also available. 3P483, P48800M1000EN.book  523 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分

Exhibit 8D Users Manual

APPLICANT:  MOTOROLA, INC.  FCC ID: IHDT6EY1  INSTRUCTION MANUAL  A preliminary draft copy of the Users Manual follows in four parts (Exhibit 8A through Exhibit 8D):    EXHIBIT 8D
389Using Data CommunicationData Communication from FOMA Handsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  390Before Using Data Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  391Preparing for Data Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  393Installing Connection Setup File (Drivers) for M1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  393Checking Connection Setup Files (Drivers)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  394Uninstalling M1000 Connection Setup Files (Drivers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  395Preparing for Bluetooth Connection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  396FOMA PC Setup Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  397Installing FOMA PC Setup Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  398Setting up Data Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  399Simple Setting "Packet Data Communication Setting Using Other ISP's" .  402Executing the Set Connection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  406Uninstalling FOMA PC Setup Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  407W-TCP Setting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  408Setting up APN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  410Assigning COM Port  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  412Displaying Dial-up Networking Type  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  412Setting up Dial-up Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  413Setting up Dial-up  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  419Using Dial-up Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42800M1000EN.book  389 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
390Using Data CommunicationData Communication from FOMA HandsetsYou can perform three types of data communication with your FOMA handset and your PC; namely, packet communication, 64K data communication and data transfer PC.Available Data Communication Types2Packet communicationCommunication charges are based on the volume of exchanged data.Suitable when you wish to stay connected to the network and exchange data on an as needed basis.Data can be transmitted with maximum download speed of 384Kbps, maximum upload speed of 64Kbps via network supporting FOMA Packet communication such as "mopera" (DoCoMo's Internet provider service). The M1000 can also be used for data communications overseas by accessing GPRS access points.• Performing large volumes of data communication may result in high charges.264K data communicationCommunication charges are based on the duration of time being connected to the network.Stable 64K bps data transmission can be performed via network supporting FOMA 64K data communication such as "mopera" (DoCoMo's Internet provider service) or synchronized ISDN 64K access points.The M1000 can also be used overseas by accessing CSD data communication supported access points.2Data transferData can be transferred free of charge between a PC and FOMA handset. The FOMA handset can be connected directly using the accompanying USB cable or by connecting the desktop holder to a PC using the USB cable. To transfer data, install the Desktop Suite to the PC. 3P527Connecting the FOMA Handset and PCTo connect your FOMA handset to a PC or PDA either of the following methods can be used.USB Connection2Connect with the accompanying-USB cable 3P414• Separately sold FOMA USB cables can also be used.2Connect with USB cable for PC via Desktop holder 3P415Bluetooth Connection2Connect via Bluetooth 3P419• Device registration is required prior to use. 3P382CautionsInternet Service Provider ChargesYou will be charged by your Internet Service Provider (ISP, hereafter) to connect to the Internet. FOMA Service does not include the ISP fee and it must be paid to the ISP directly. Contact your ISP for further details."mopera", is DoCoMo's free Internet provider service that does not require you to register.Setting up ISP ConnectionISP settings differ between Packet communication and 64K data communication. Select appropriate access points for Packet communication. For 64K data communication, select an access point which supports FOMA 64K data communication or synchronized ISDN 64K.• Connection to DoPa is not supported• Connection to PHS64K/32K Data Communication such as PIAFS is not supported.00M1000EN.book  390 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
391Using Data CommunicationUser Authentication when Accessing the NetworkConnection may require authentication (ID and password). Enter the user ID and password in Dial-up Network when prompted. Contact the network administrator or the ISP to obtain the ID and password, and further details.Prerequisites to Packet Connection and 64K Data CommunicationCommunication using FOMA handsets requires meeting the following conditions. The service, however, may be unavailable even if required conditions are met due to traffic conditions at base stations or radio wave conditions.• PC must support USB cables• For Bluetooth connection, devices such as PC has must comply with Bluetooth Ver1.1 Dial-up Networking Profile standards.• To be within the FOMA service area• For Packet communication, the access point must support FOMA Packet communication• For 64K data communication, the access point (the designated network) must support FOMA 64K data communication or 64K synchronized ISDN.1Data communication terminologiesAPNStands for Access Point Name. Identifies the network to log in (ISP or LAN) for Packet communication. DoCoMo's Internet connection service mopera's APN is "mopera.ne.jp".Bluetooth ON 3P382Bluetooth device registration 3P382cidStands for Context Identifier. APN registration number is registered in FOMA made up of digits 1 to 10. Up to ten APN's can be registered.DNSStands for Domain Name SystemThe system converts an address made up of digits identified by computers to a 'name' such as "mopera.ne.jp" for easier recognition by human.QoSStands for Quality of Service and indicates quality of network service. Data transmission speed can be specified on a FOMA handset.* 3P461*: The actual data speed may vary by depending on network conditions.W-TCPTCP parameters that optimize TCP/IP transmission capability during Packet communication over FOMA network. Optimization of TCP parameters is necessary in order to generate the maximum FOMA communication capabilities.Administrator rights on PCFull access rights to Windows XP and Windows 2000 systems. All other users do not have rights to install drivers (connection setup files).[Before Using Data CommunicationPC System RequirementsPC System requirements for data communication are as follows:*: Required memory and HDD space may depend on PC system specifications.Item RequirementPC main unit • PC-AT compatible machine with a CD-ROM drive• USB Port (Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev1.1/2.0 compliant)• Display Resolutions 800 ×600 dots, High Color(65,536Colors) or higher recommendedOS • Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000, Windows XP (Japanese Version)Memory • Windows 98, Windows Me:32MB or more*• Windows 2000:64MB or more*• Windows XP:128MB or more*HDD space • 5MB of available space or more*00M1000EN.book  391 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
392Using Data CommunicationNOTE• Data communication may not be enabled subject to system properties. DoCoMo does not guarantee proper operations nor respond to inquiries when used with system requirements that are not mentioned above.Connecting PC and FOMA HandsetsSetting up connection with a USB cable is described in this section.The FOMA handset can be connected directly using the accompanying FOMA USB cable or by connecting the desktop holder using the PC USB cable.To Connect Using the Accompanying FOMA USB CableaRemove the cap covering the external connection interface of the FOMA handsetbConnect the accompanying USB connector to a USB port on the PCcMatch the direction of the external connector of the accompanying USB cable with the external connection interface on the FOMA handset and insert the connector straightOnce the connection is established, the FOMA handset displays "USB cable connected".NOTE• Use the accompanying FOMA USB cable or a FOMA USB cable sold separately. Do not use general PC USB cables as the connector interface does not match the shape of FOMA external interface.• Do not apply force to the connector when inserting. The connectors can only be inserted in the correct direction and at the correct angle. When inserted correctly, the connectors can be inserted smoothly. In case of difficulty in inserting confirm the orientation of the connectors.1Removing the USB cableConnecting a General PC USB Cable to a Desktop HolderThe desktop holder enables data communication by connecting the FOMA handset to both the PC and the AC adapter.• Use a general USB cable with connectors that support USB Rev1.1/2.0 Series A compliant.ScreenaPull the USB cable out straight while holding down the release button on the external connector.bPull out the USB cable from PCScreen00M1000EN.book  392 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
393Using Data CommunicationaConnect Desktop holder to a PC by using the PC USB cablebAttach the FOMA handset to the desktop holderSee P54 on how to attach/remove.Preparing for Data CommunicationPreparations for packet communication/64K data communication by connecting the FOMA handset with the PC is described in this section.*: Connection setup file (drivers) installation is not necessary if a Bluetooth modem other than that of FOMA handsets has already been installed. Go on to set up connection details. See P417 to check for an installed Bluetooth modem.1About Connection setup file (drivers) and FOMA PC setup softwareConnection setup file (drivers) and FOMA PC setup software are included in the FOMA M1000 CD-ROM.• M1000 setup file is the driver software for Packet communication, 64K data communication or data transfer used for connecting the FOMA handset with the accompanying FOMA USB cable to a PC. M1000 setup file installs necessary drivers to Windows.• FOMA PC setup software enables easy setup of Packet communication, 64K data communication or Dial up networking.NOTE• If "FOMA M1000 USB" is not displayed in "Uninstall M1000 setup file (drivers) "( 3P418), the installation has failed. Run uninstallation (3P418) and try installation again.• Uninstall driver if PC does not recognize the FOMA handset for some reason and install it again.Installing Connection Setup File (Drivers) for M1000• Install all drivers in one attempt when installing the M1000 setup file. Installation may be unsuccessful if the accompanying FOMA USB cable is pulled out, or if [Cancel] is clicked during installation. If installation is unsuccessful, use uninstall procedures to delete the M1000 setup file by following uninstall procedures (3P418), and try installing again.• Log in as a user with administrator rights when installing the M1000 communication set up file to Windows 2000 or Windows XP. Contact the PC manufacturer or Microsoft regarding operations related to administrator rights settings.Via USB connection Via Bluetooth connection*Install connection setup file (drivers) 3P416Connect the FOMA handset with PC 3P419Install connection setup file (drivers)*3P416Set up connection detailsTo set up using the FOMA PC setup software 3P419To set up without using the FOMA PC setup software 3P436Connect 3P429, P451Disconnect 3P430, P452Screen00M1000EN.book  393 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
394Using Data Communication【仕様未定につき、記載省略します。】Checking Connection Setup Files (Drivers)Checking whether the M1000 setup file is installed properly.aLaunch the “コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel) in Windows1Windows XPClick “スタート” (Start) y “コントロールパネル” (Control Panel)1Windows 2000, Windows Me or Windows 98Click “スタート” (Start) y “設定” (Settings) y “コントロールパネル” (Control Panel)bLaunch the “システム” (Systems) in “コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel)1Windows XPClick “システム” (Systems) in “パフォーマンスとメンテナンス” (Performance and Maintenance)1Windows MeClick “すべてのコントロールパネルのオプションを表示する” (Show all options in Control Panel) if “システム” (Systems) icon is not displayed in the “コントロールパネル” (Control Panel).cLaunch the Device Manager1Windows XP or Windows 2000Click “ハードウェア” (Hardware) tab then click “デバイスマネージャ” (Device Manager).1Windows Me or Windows 98Click “デバイスマネージャ ” (Device Manager) tabdCheck installed driver names by clicking each deviceCheck whether all drivers are listed under “ポート(COMとLPT)” (Port(COM and LPT), “ユニバーサルシリアルバス”(USB)“コントローラ” (USB Controller) and “モデム” (Modem).00M1000EN.book  394 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
395Using Data CommunicationGo to "Using FOMA PC Setup Software" (3P419) if all driver names are found.Connecting with USB*: only for Windows Me/98Connecting with BluetoothNOTE• Upon verifying above, if the list of driver names is incomplete, delete the M1000 setup file by following uninstall procedures, and try installing again.Uninstalling M1000 Connection Setup Files (Drivers)Follow the procedures below when uninstalling of drivers is necessary. The uninstall instructions below are for Windows XP.Device name Driver namePort (COM/LPT) • FOMA M1000 Command Port• FOMA M1000 OBEX PortModem • FOMA M1000(Windows XP)Screen(Windows 2000)Screen(Windows Me, Windows 98)ScreenUniversal Serial Bus (USB) Controller or USB (Universal Serial Bus) Controller•FOMA M1000• FOMA M1000 Command*• FOMA M1000 Modem*• FOMA M1000 OBEX*Device name Driver nameModem To be decidedDevice name Driver name(Windows XP)Screen00M1000EN.book  395 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
396Using Data CommunicationConnecting with USB【仕様未定につき、記載省略します。】Connecting with Bluetooth【仕様未定につき、記載省略します。】Preparing for Bluetooth Connection【仕様未定につき、記載省略します。】00M1000EN.book  396 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
397Using Data CommunicationFOMA PC Setup SoftwarePacket communication or 64K data communication from FOMA handset to PC requires various settings. FOMA PC setup software enables easy configuration simple operations.• Packet communication or 64K data communication can be set up without using FOMA PC setup software. 3P436• See P414 for connection between FOMA handsets and PCSimple settingsFollow the guidance to set up "Create FOMA data communication Dial-up Network" while configuring "W-TCP settings" etc. automatically.W-TCP settingsThe communication settings in PC are optimized before using "FOMA Packet communication".Optimizing W-TCP settings is required in order to maximize connection performance.Setting up Access Point Names (APN)Access Point Names for Packet communication need to be setup.Unlike 64K data communication, FOMA Packet communication does not require use of a telephone number. Register Access Point Names in FOMA handset and connect to the network by designating its registered number (cid) in the access telephone number field."mopera" is pre-registered as mopera.ne.jp, the first in the cid list by default. Set up APNs to connect to other ISP's or LAN's.NOTE• If W-TCP setup software or FOMA data communication setup software not included in the bundled FOMA M1000 CD-ROM have already been installed, uninstall them prior to installing the FOMA PC setup software.Procedures from Installation of FOMA PC Setup Software to Internet ConnectionStep1: Install softwareFOMA PC setup software is installed• Uninstall "old W-TCP setup software", "old APN setup software" or older versions of "FOMA PC setup software" before installing "FOMA PC setup software"."FOMA PC setup software" cannot be installed if "old W-TCP setup software" or "old APN setup Software" is installed.Step2: Prepare before setting upPreparations are conducted prior to setting up• Check that FOMA handset is connected to the PC and is acknowledged by the PC.• See P414 for connecting FOMA handset with PC.• If FOMA handset is not properly acknowledged by PC, various setup and data communication cannot be done. If the FOMA handset is not acknowledged then see P416 to install the connection setup file.Step3: Perform various settingsSetup is done according to the desired type of data communication• Configuring simple settings- Packet communication setting using "mopera" 3P423- Packet communication setting using other Internet Service Providers 3P424- 64K data communication setting using "mopera" 3P427- 64K data communication using other Internet Service Providers 3P428- See P436 onwards for all other settings.Setup 4: ConnectConnection to the Internet is made• See P429 for connection procedures.00M1000EN.book  397 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
398Using Data CommunicationBefore InstallingCheck the system requirements.• Use the FOMA PC setup software under the following system requirements.*: Required memory and HDD space may vary depending on the system configuration of the PC.Installing FOMA PC Setup Software• Log in with the user account with Administrator rights to install ("FOMA PC setup software") on Windows XP or Windows 2000. Contact the PC manufacturer or Microsoft regarding administrator rights setting.• Check that no resident program or application is in use before installation. If any program is in use, click [キャンセル] (Cancel) to end the program and start installation again.a【仕様未定につき、記載省略します。】b【仕様未定につき、記載省略します。】If displayed screens show that old “W-TCP設定ソフト” (W-TCP Setup Software) or old “APN 設定ソフト” (APN Setup Software) are installed, refer to P421.cClick [はい ] (Yes/agree) to agree to the End User License Agreement after readingInstallation will be canceled if [いいえ] (No/disagree)is clicked.dClick [次へ ] (Next) Select whether "W-TCP Setup Software" stays in Task tray or not after setting up. Selecting the checkbox (Remain in Task tray) is recommended for the program to set/release the optimization of "W-TCP communication".Select “タスクトレイに常駐する” (Remain in Task tray) $$ and continue the installation unless you have any particular problem. Settings can be changed by clicking on “メニュー ” (Menu) in FOMA PC setup software and selecting “W-TCP 設定をタスクトレイに常駐させる” (Set W-TCP Software in task tray) even if “ タスクトレイに常駐する” (Stay in task tray) has been deselected. * You are unable to select if “ タスクトレイに常駐する” (Remain in task tray) has been selected.Displays icon in the task tray on the bottom right (normally) of the PC screen.eVerify the installation folder and click [ 次へ ](Next)Click [参照] (Browse) to make changes, specify desired installation folder, and click [次へ] (Next).If HDD lacks space, you can install to a different driver. Otherwise, proceed accordingly.fVerify the folder name and click [ 次へ] (Next)Name the new folder and click [次へ] (Next) if necessary.Item RequirementPC main body • PC-AT CompatibleOS • Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000, Windows XP (Japanese Version)Memory • Windows 98 or Windows Me: 32MB or more*• Windows 2000: 64MB or more*• Windows XP: 128MB or more*HDD Space 5MB or more*Screen00M1000EN.book  398 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
399Using Data CommunicationgClick [ 完了 ] (Done) "FOMA PC setup software" operation screen is launched when setup is complete. Proceed to each setup.Precautions during Installation of FOMA PC Setup Software1If "old W-TCP setup software" is installedThe following message is displayed.Delete “旧W-TCP 設定ソフト” (Older version of W-TCP Setup Software) from Add/Delete Programs in the Control Panel1If "Older version of Access Point Name Setup Software" is installed, the following message is displayed.Click [はい] (Yes) to automatically uninstall the old software followed by the installation of FOMA PC setup software.1If old versions of "FOMA PC setup software" is installedThe following message is displayed.Click [ はい] (Yes) to automatically uninstall the old software followed by the installation of FOMA PC setup software.1If "FOMA PC setup software" is already installedThe Following message is displayed.Click [はい] (Yes) to automatically uninstall the previously installed software followed by the installation of FOMA PC setup software.1When [キャンセル] (Cancel) is clicked during installationWhen [キャンセル] (Cancel) or [いいえ] (No) is clicked during installation, and when selected to not proceed further, the following screen is displayed.Click [継続] (Continue) to proceed with the installation, and [中止] (Cancel) to terminate.Setting up Data CommunicationSettings for Packet communication or 64K data communication is made.• Check that FOMA handset is properly connected to PC before setting up. 3P414Launch FOMA PC Setup SoftwareaClick “ スタート ” (Start) y “ プログラム” (Programs) y “FOMA PC 設定ソフト ” (FOMA PC Setup Software) y FOMA PC 設定ソフト (FOMA PC FOMA PC setup software)ScreenScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  399 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
400Using Data Communication1Windows XPClick “スタート” (Start) y “すべてのプログラム” (All Programs) y “FOMA PC設定ソフト” (FOMA PC setup software) y “FOMA PC設定ソフト” (FOMA PC setup software)FOMA PC setup software is launched and the operation screen is displayed.Packet data communication using "mopera" 3P423Packet data communication using other Internet Service Providers 3P42464K data communication setting using "mopera" 3P42764K data communication using other Internet Service Providers 3P428Simple Setting "Packet Data Communication with mopera"High speed packet data communication with maximum speed of 384kbps via DoCoMo's ISP service called "mopera" is set up.• High speed packet data communication : Maximum downlink speed 384kbps, Maximum uplink speed 64kbps (excluding some models). The charge is based on the volume of exchanged data. You do not need not to worry about the duration of connecting time. This service is based on a best-effort connection where transmission speed is affected by network traffic and communication infrastructure.• Be cautioned that large volume data exchanges such as browsing web sites with images and downloading large files using Packet communication may result in high charges.aClick [かんたん設定 ] (Simple Settings)bSelect “パケット通信 ” (Packet communication) then Click [ 次へ ] (Next)cSelect “mopera 接続 ” (mopera connection) then Click [ 次へ ] (Next)See P424 if you wish to use other ISP than "mopera".dClick [OK]Please wait while the FOMA handset connected to the PC obtains APN setup.ScreenScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  400 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
401Using Data CommunicationeEnter the connection name then Click [ 次へ ] (Next)Specify the desired connection name. Enter a recognizable name in “接続名” (Connection Name) field.This field is case sensitive. Enter name accurately.Invalid characters: ¥ / : * ? ! | " (single byte only) cannot be accepted.fInput username/password then click [次へ ] (Next)When “mopera接続” (mopera connection) is selected, username/password are entry can be omitted.Select user when using Windows XP or Windows 2000.Enter the username and password provided by the ISP. Enter accurately. The fields are case sensitive.gCheck “最適化を行う ” (Optimize) then click [ 次へ ] (Next)"W-TCP Settings" necessary for Packet communication is optimized. This message will not be displayed if it is already optimized.Reboot PC to validate the change.hConfirm settings and Click [ 完了 ] (Done)A list of all setting information is displayed. Check that all settings are properly configured.A shortcut is created automatically if “デスクトップにダイヤルアップのショートカットを作成する ” (Create Dial-up Networking shortcut on desktop) is selected.Click [ 戻る] (Back) to modify setting information.ScreenScreen(Windows XP, Windows 2000)Screen(Windows Me, Windows 98)Screen00M1000EN.book  401 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
402Using Data CommunicationiClick [OK]Reboot PC to validate the changes. Click [はい] (Yes) if prompted by reboot selection screen.Execute the connection 3P429Simple Setting "Packet Data Communication Setting Using Other ISP's"High speed packet data communication with maximum speed of 384kbps is set up.• High speed packet data communication : Maximum downlink speed 384kbps, Maximum uplink speed 64kbps (excluding some models). The charge is based on the volume of exchanged data. You do not need not to worry about the duration of connecting time. This service is based on a best-effort connection where transmission speed is affected by network traffic and communication infrastructure.• Be cautioned that large volume data exchanges such as browsing web sites with images and downloading large files using Packet communication may result in high charges.aClick [かんたん設定 ] (Simple setting)bSelect “パケット通信 ” (Packet communication) then Click [ 次へ ] (Next).cSelect “その他” (Others) then Click [次へ ] (Next)dClick [OK]Please wait while the FOMA handset connected to the PC obtains APN setup.eSet up Packet communicationAfter acquiring handset settings, “パケット通信設定” (Packet communication settings) screen is displayed.Specify a name in the APN input fieldThe field is case sensitive. Enter accurately.Invalid characters: ¥ / : * ? !<> | " (single byte only) cannot be acceptedIf “発信者番号通知を行う” (display ID number) is selected, Phone number. will be notified to the receiver while making a call.mopera.ne.jp is set by default in the “接続先(APN)の選択” (Select APN) field.fSet up APNmopera.ne.jp is pre-registered by default as the first cid.Click [追加] (Add) to display “接続先(APN)の追加” (Add APN) to specify the desired APN in the field. The APN must support FOMA Packet communication. Click [OK]. You are reverted to the “接続先(APN)設定” (set up APN) screen.Only single byte alphanumerical characters, (-) dash, and (.) full stop, can be entered in the APN field.Up to 10 cid can be registered.• Select “PDP-PPP 方式” (PDP-PPP connection) or “PDP-IP方式 ” (PDP-IP connection) from “ダイヤルアップ種別” (Dial-up Networking types) if field “ダイヤルアップの表示” (Display Dial-up Networking) is set to “全表示” (Display all) 3P435ScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  402 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
403Using Data CommunicationgConfigure Advanced Settings (TCP/IP)Click [詳細情報の設定] (Advanced settings) in “パケット通信設定” (Packet communication settings) to display “IP アドレス” (IP Address) and “ネームサーバー ” (Name Server) setting screen. Input necessary information related to ISP and LAN Dial-up Networking where required.hSelect APN then click [OK]Back to Step 5.The APN list set in Step 6 is displayed in the “接続先(APN)の選択” (Select APN) dialog.iVerify connection with designation (APN) in “接続先 (APN) の選択 ” (Select APN) menu then click [次へ ] (Next)jSet username and password then click [次へ ] (Next)In Windows XP or Windows 2000, select user.username and password provided by ISP must be entered correctly. Note that fields are case sensitive.kSelect “最適化を行う ” (Optimize) then click [ 次へ ] (Next)“W-TCP 設定 ” (W-TCP setting) necessary for Packet communication is optimized. This screen is not displayed if already optimized. (Proceed to step12)lVerify setting information then click [完了 ] (Done)All configured settings are listed. Verify that there are no errors in the setup information.A shortcut on desktop will be created automatically if “デスクトップにダイヤルアップのショートカットを作成する” (Create Dial-up Networking shortcut on desktop) is selected.Click [ 戻る] (Back) to change settingsmClick [OK]Reboot PC to validate changes. Click [はい] (Yes) if prompted by the reboot selection screen.Execute the connection 3P429Screen(Windows XP, Windows 2000)Screen(Windows Me, Windows 98)ScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  403 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
404Using Data CommunicationSimple Settings "64K Data Communication Setting Using mopera"64Kbps data communication is set up. DoCoMo's ISP "mopera" is used.• Charges are based on the duration of connecting timeaClick [かんたん設定 ] (Simple setting)bSelect “64K データ通信 ” (64K data communication) then click [ 次へ ] (Next).cSelect “mopera 接続 ” (mopera connection) then click [ 次へ ] (Next)See P428 to use ISP connection other than "mopera"dEnter APN and select modem then click [次へ ] (Next)“64K データ通信設定” (64K Data communication) dialog is displayed. Specify a name as you wish in “接続名” (Connection) field.This field is case sensitive. Enter name accurately.Invalid characters: ¥ / : * ? ! < > | " (single byte only) are not accepted.Select "FOMA M1000" for modem name.eSet username and password then click [ 次へ ] (Next)User may ignore this step if mopera connection is selected.In Windows XP or Windows 2000, select a user.Setup information provided by ISP must be entered correctly. Note that fields are case sensitive.ScreenScreenScreenScreen(Windows XP, Windows 2000)Screen(Windows Me, Windows 98)00M1000EN.book  404 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
405Using Data CommunicationfVerify setup information then click [完了 ] (Done)All configured settings are listed. Verify that there are no errors in the setting information.A shortcut on desktop is created automatically if “デスクトップにダイヤルアップのショートカットを作成する” (Create Dial-up Networking shortcut on desktop) is selected.Click [ 戻る] (Back) to change settings.gClick [OK]Execute the connection 3P429Simple Setting "64K Data Communication with Other ISP"Setting is performed for 64K data communication at 64Kbps.• Charges are based on duration of time connected.aClick [ かんたん設定 ] (Simple setting)bSelect “64K データ通信 ” (64K data communication) then click [ 次へ ] (Next)cSelect “その他 ” (Other) then click [次へ ] (Next)dEnter Dial-up Networking information then click [ 次へ ] (Next)If connecting to another ISP that possesses synchronized ISDN 64K access points, the following information need to be registered.- Connection name (optional)- Modem selection (FOMA M1000)- Dial-up phone numberConnection name must be entered. The field is case sensitive. Enter accurately. Note that fields are case sensitive. Invalid characters: ¥ / : * ? ! < > | " (single byte only)When using the accompanying FOMA-USB cable, select "FOMA M1000" (FOMA M1000) as modem.Enter the information provided by ISP correctly. The fields are case sensitive and accept only single byte characters. The phone number is notified once connected if “発信者番号通知を行う” (Display caller ID) is selected.eConfiguring Advanced setting (TCP/IP setting)Click “詳細情報の設定” (Advanced setting) to display “IPアドレス” (IP Address) and “ネームサーバー ” (Name Server) setting dialog. Input necessary information related to ISP or LAN Dial-up Networking where required.fSet up username and password then click [ 次へ ] (Next)In Windows XP or Windows 2000, select a user.ScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  405 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
406Using Data CommunicationSet username and password information accurately according to the information provided by the ISP. The fields are case sensitive.gVerify setup information then click [完了 ] (Done)A list of all settings is displayed. Check that all settings are properly configured.A shortcut is created automatically if “デスクトップにダイヤルアップのショートカットを作成する” (Create Dial-up Networking shortcut on desktop) is selected. Click [戻る] (Back) to change settings.hClick [OK]Execute the connection 3See rightExecuting the Set ConnectionConnection and disconnection using the settings configured with the FOMA PC Setup software is described in this section.• Connection from dial-up icon is valid only for the FOMA handset used to configure with the icon. Install connection setup file again if connecting with another FOMA handset.aClick connection icon on the PCbClick [ダイヤル ] (Dial) and connectClick “ダイヤル” (Dial) without entering the “ユーザ名” (Username)and “パスワード” (Password) if mopera is selected. Enter “ユーザ名” (Username)and “パスワード” (Password) and click “ダイヤル” (dial) if another ISP or dial up connection is selected.No need to enter password again if “パスワードを保存する” (Save password) is selected.cClick [OK] upon verifying connectionThe Following screen is displayed when connecting the dial up normally.• The message is not displayed if “接続” (connection) has been set to hide the message previously.Screen(Windows XP, Windows 2000)Screen(Windows Me, Windows 98)ScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  406 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
407Using Data CommunicationDisconnectingClosing the web browser does not always guarantee disconnection from the network. Disconnect the connection by following the steps below.aClick dial up icon in task tray on PC screenThe connection screen is displayed.bClick [ 切断 ] (Disconnect)NOTE• The displayed data speed on the PC may be different from the actual speed.Uninstalling FOMA PC Setup SoftwareBefore UninstallationUndo all changes made for the FOMA handset settings before uninstalling the FOMA PC setup software.aDisable “W-TCP 設定 ” (W-TCP setting) in task trayRight click on the “W-TCP アイコン” (W-TCP icon) in the task tray, and click “常駐させない” (terminate in task tray).bTerminating active programsThe following messages will be displayed if uninstallation is attempted while “FOMA PC設定ソフト ” (FOMA PC Setup software) or “W-TCP 設定” (W-TCP setting) is running. Stop uninstalling and close all active programs.UninstallingaLaunch “ アプリケーションの追加と削除 ” (Add/Remove Programs) in Windows1Windows XPClick “スタート” (Start) y “コントロールパネル” (Control Panel) y “プログラムの追加と削除 ” (Add/Remove Programs)1Windows Me, Windows 98 or Windows 2000Click “スタート” (Start) y “設定” (Settings) y “コントロールパネル” (Control Panel) y “プログラムの追加と削除” (Add/Remove Programs)"アプリケーションの追加と削除のプロパティ ” (Add/Remove Applications properties) will be displayed in Windows Me or Windows 98.Dial up iconScreenRight clickClickScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  407 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
408Using Data CommunicationbSelect “FOMA PC 設定ソフト ” (FOMA PC Setup software) y click [変更と削除 ] (Change/Delete)cVerify the program to delete  y click [はい ] (Yes)Uninstallation begins.dClick [OK] Installation of FOMA PC setup software is completed.1Disabling “W-TCP 最適化” (Optimizing W-TCP)Displays following message if “W-TCP 最適化” (Optimizing W-TCP) is performed.Click [はい] (Yes) to uninstallOptimization of W-TCP is disabled after PC is rebooted.W-TCP SettingW-TCP Roles“W-TCP設定” (W-TCP Setting) is a "TCP Parameters setting tool" to optimize TCP/IP performance for Packet communication in FOMA network.Setting this software is required to fully utilize FOMA handset communication performance.Setting/Disabling the Optimization.Windows XPEach Dial-up Networking can be optimized separately in Windows XP.aLaunch the program1To operate from FOMA PC Setup softwareClick [W-TCP 設定] (W-TCP setting) in “マニュアル設定” (Manual setting) after launching the program1To operate from task trayClick W-TCP icon in task tray.Select “NTT DoCoMo FOMA PC設定ソフト ” (NTT FOMA PC Setup software)Click hereScreenScreenScreenScreenScreenScreenLeft Click00M1000EN.book  408 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
409Using Data CommunicationbConduct the following operations1When system setting is not optimized Click [最適化を行う] (Optimize) "(W-TCP (Dial-up Networking) setting)" is displayed. Select the desired Dial-up Networking and click [実行] (Execute) to optimize system setting or Dial-up Networking.System setting is optimized after PC is rebooted by following the instructions displayed.1When system setting is already optimized“W-TCP(ダイヤルアップ)設定” (W-TCP (Dial-up Networking) setting) is displayed. Perform necessary settings to make changes.System setting is optimized after PC is rebooted by following the instructions displayed.1When disabling optimizationaClick [システム設定] (System setting) in “W-TCP 設定” (W-TCP setting)bClick [最適化を解除する ] (Disable optimization)Optimization is disabled after PC is rebooted by following the instructions displayed.Windows Me, Windows 2000 or Windows 98aLaunch program1When operating from FOMA “PC 設定ソフト” (FOMA PC Setup software)Click [W-TCP 設定] (W-TCP setting) in “マニュアル設定” (Manual setting) after launching program1When operating from Task trayClick (W-TCP icon) in task tray.bConduct the following operations1If it is not optimizedClick [最適化を行う] (Optimize)ScreenScreenScreenLeft Click00M1000EN.book  409 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
410Using Data CommunicationOptimization is enabled after PC is rebooted by following the instructions displayed.1If it is already optimized“現在、最適化されています。” (Already optimized) message is displayed in “W-TCP設定” (W-TCP Setting)Click [最適化を解除する] (Disable optimization) to disable settings resulting from transmission with devices other than the FOMA handset.Optimization is disabled after PC is rebooted by following the instructions displayed.Setting up APNAPN for Packet communication is set up.Up to 10 APN numbers can be set up. Numbers from 1 to 10 can be assigned to the cid's.The cid is used to specify connection for Packet communication."mopera" is pre-registered as 1 in the cid list by default. Other APNs must be assigned a number from in 2 to 10.• Check that FOMA handset is properly connected to PC before setting up 3P414aClick [接続先 (APN)設定] (APN Setting) after launching “FOMA PC設定ソフト ” (FOMA PC Setup software)bClick [OK] in FOMA handset setting screen.Load registered APN information by accessing connected FOMA handset automatically.• Launching is disabled if FOMA handset is not connectedcSetting up APNScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  410 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
411Using Data CommunicationAdding/Editing/Deleting APN1When Adding an APNClick [追加] (Add) in “接続先(APN)設定” (APN Setting)1When Editing registered APNSelect desired APN from list in “接続先(APN)設定” (APN Setting) yClick [編集] (Edit)• You can select from “PDP-PPP 方式” (PDP-PPP connection)or “PDP-IP方式” (PDP-IP connection) to add/edit an APN if “ ダイヤルアップの表示” (Display Dial-up Networking) is set to “全表示” (Display all) 3P4351When Deleting registered APNSelect desired APN from list in “接続先(APN)設定” (APN Setting) yClick [削除] (Delete)• APN Registered in cid 1 cannot be deleted.Saving Setting Information info a fileAPN setting information registered in FOMA handset can be backed up, and APN setting information in edit mode can be saved.aClick ファイル (File) y “ 名前を付けて保存 ” (Save as)/“ 上書き保存 ” (Save) in “ 接続先 (APN)設定” (APN Setting)Loading APN Setting Information from FileAPN setting saved in PC can be re-edited and written to FOMA handset.aClick “ ファイル ” (File) y “ 開く ” (Open)in “接続先 (APN)設定” (APN setting)Writing APN Setting Information to FOMA HandsetDisplayed APN setting can be written to FOMA handset aClick FOMA“端末へ設定を書き込む” (Save in FOMA handset) in “ 接続先”(APN)設定 (APN setting)Loading APN Setting in FOMA HandsetAPN setting can be retrieved by manually accessing the FOMA handsetaClick “ファイル” (File) y “FOMA端末からの設定を取得 ” (Retrieve setting from FOMA handset) in “ 接続先(APN)設定” (APN setting)Creating Dial-up NetworkingDial-up Networking for Packet communication can be created from an added/edited APN in “接続先(APN)設定” (APN setting), and be saved in FOMA handset.aSelect an added/edited APN in “接続先(APN)設定” (APN Setting), and click [ ダイヤルアップ作成 ] (Create Dial-up Networking)Write to FOMA handset confirmation screen is displayed.bClick [ はい ] (Yes)“パケット通信用ダイヤルアップの作成” (Create Dial-up Networking for Packet communication) is displayed• Perform Step 5 if mopera is selected as the APN.cEnter desired APN name and click “アカウント・パスワードの設定 ” (Setting up account /password)dEnter username and password then click [OK]• In Windows XP or Windows 2000, a user is selected.•Click [詳細情報の設定] (Advanced setting) in “パケット通信用ダイヤルアップの作成” (Create Dial-up Networking for Packet communication) if IP address and DNS setting are provided by your ISP. Then click [OK] after registering required information.00M1000EN.book  411 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
412Using Data CommunicationeClick [FOMA 端末へ設定を書き込む ] (Write settings to FOMA handset) and perform writingNOTE• APN information are stored in FOMA handset. To connect another FOMA handset set up APN again.• If you wish to continue to use the same APN as that registered in the PC, register the APN to the same number (cid) in the FOMA handset.• If the COM port connecting the FOMA handset is recognized by the PC as greater than COM20 then loading and writing of APN information is disabled. In these cases, use “ハイパーターミナル” (Hyper Handset) which is accompanied with Windows. 3P440Assigning COM PortThe COM port of the PC is assigned to the FOMA handset to manually perform connection setting. This COM port can be changed. Normally, however, set it to “自動設定(推奨)” (Auto setting (recommended)) .aClick “メニュー” (Menu) y “ 通信設定” (Connection setting) after launching programSet up screen is displayed.bSelect “COM ポート指定 ” (Assign COM port) , and assign COM PortCOM Port number is displayed in COM.cClick [OK] Assigned COM Port is set up.• Use “ハイパーターミナル” (Hyper terminal)  which is accompanied with Windows to check COM port 3P440Displaying Dial-up Networking TypeSelect from “PDP-PPP方式 ” (PDP-PPP connection)or “PDP-IP 方式” (PDP-IP connection)* from Dial-up Networking type if “ダイヤルアップの表示” (Display Dial-up Networking) is set to “ 全表示” (Display all). Select “PPPのみ表示 (PDP-IP方式のみ表示/設定可)” (Display only PPP (Display/Set up only PDP-IP connection)) normally.*: “PDP-PPP方式” (PDP-PPP connection) is Packet communication using Point-to-Point protocol. “PDP-PPP方式 ” (PDP-PPP connection) is used to connect to mopera (mopera)etc. Contact your ISP or network administrator to check connection protocol of APN.aClick “メニュー” (Menu) y “ 通信設定” (Connection setting) after launching programSet up screen is displayed.bSelect “PPP のみ表示 ”(Display only PPP)/“ 全表示 (Display All)” in “ダイヤルアップの表示 ” (Display Dial-up Networking)cClick [OK]ScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  412 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
413Using Data CommunicationSetting up Dial-up NetworkingYou can set up Dial-up Networking for Packet communication/64K data connection without using FOMA PC setup software. The flow is explained below.1AT CommandsAT Commands consist of commands for controlling modems.The FOMA handset supports standard AT commands, some extended commands and proprietary AT commands.• Detailed settings of “データ通信” (data connection) or FOMA handset can be checked with AT Command entries.NOTE•Set *9601 as connection number when using DoCoMo's ISP "mopera" for 64K data connection. •Set “発信者番号の通知/非通知 ” (Caller ID display ON/OFF) as required. Set to 通知 (ON) to use "mopera".•Set “その他の設定” (Other settings) as required. FOMA is operational with default settings.• Contact your ISP or network administrator for further setup details.Checking COM PortYou are required to specify COM port number assigned to "FOMA M1000" (modem) embedded after installation of connection setup file when setting up the APN. This section explains about procedures to verify COM Port number.The verified COM port is used for APN setting (3P440).• There is no need to check modem when if using DoCoMo's ISP "mopera" APN setup is not necessary, then. Proceed to “ 発信者番号の通知/非通知を設定します” (Display/hide caller ID) (3P442)1About APN and cidUnlike 64K data connection, a regular telephone number is not used for Packet communication. APN is used instead.• The (cid) registration number 1 to 10 are registered in FOMA handsets as part of the APN when APN numbers are set up.• APN is managed by cid (registration number from 1 to 10). Entering (*99***<cid number>#) connects to the corresponding APN.• "mopera" is pre-registered to 1 in the cid list by default as ("mopera.ne.jp"). "mopera" can Set up Packet communicationSet up 64K data connectionHow to attach 3P414Install connection setup file (driver). 3P416Check COM portCheck COM port. 3P437Set up APNSet up APN 3P440• Set up is not required with "mopera".Set up caller IDSet up to display/hide caller ID. 3P442Other settingsPerform other settings. (AT Command) 3P453Set up Dial-up Networking• Contact your ISP or network administrator for further setup details.• Windows XP usersSet up APN 3P438• Windows 2000 usersSet up APN 3P439• Windows Me usersSet up APN. 3P439• Windows 98 usersSet up APN. 3P439Connect Dial-up Networking 3P45100M1000EN.book  413 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
414Using Data Communicationeasily be used by entering the number (*99***1#). Use cid 2 to 10 to register other APNs.• APNs can be registered like registering contact information to a mobile phone. The table below summarizes differences and similarities when compared to a contact list in a mobile phone.Checking COM Port in Windows XPaClick “スタート ” (Start) y “ コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel)bClick “プリンタとその他のハードウェア ” (Printer and other hardware) in “コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel) y “ 電話とモデムのオプション ” (Telephone and modem options)cEnter “ 市外局番/エリアコード ” (Area code) if “ 所在地情報 ” (Location information) is displayed, and click [OK]dClick “モデム ” (Modem) tab. Checking COM port in “接続先 ” (Connection) list of FOMA M1000, and click [OK]The verified COM port is used for APN setup.Item to compare APN SettingContact list in handsetRegistration data APN Phone numbercid Memory number in contact list–Name of intended partyRegistration processRegistration via PC○(Using FOMA PC Setup software)○ (Using dedicated software)Registration via mobile phone× (Unable to confirmed)○How to use Specify cid and connectSearch contact list and call–Enter phone number and dial from FOMA handsetScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  414 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
415Using Data Communication• Displayed messages and COM port numbers may vary depending on your PC. Checking COM Port in Windows 2000aClick “ スタート ” (Start) y “ 設定 ” (Settings) y “コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel)bClick “ 電話とモデムのオプション ” (Telephone and modem options) in “コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel)cEnter “市外局番 ” (Area code) then click [OK] if “ 所在地情報 ” (Location information) is displayeddClick “ モデム ” (Modem) tab and check COM port in “ 接続先 ” (Connection) list of FOMA M1000 (FOMA M1000). Click [OK]The verified COM port number is used for APN Setup.• Displayed message and COM port number may vary depending on your PC.Checking COM Port in Windows Me/98aClick “ スタート ” (Start) y “ 設定 ” (Settings) y “コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel)ScreenScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  415 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
416Using Data CommunicationbClick [モデム ] (Modem) in “コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel)If “モデム ” (modem) icon is not displayed, click “すべてのコントロールパネルのオプションを表示する” (Display all options in control panel).cCheck that FOMA M1000 is properly set up then click “ 検出結果 ” (More Info on the Diagnostics) tabdCheck COM port to which FOMA M1000 is set up and click [OK]The verified COM port number is used for APN Setup.• Displayed message and COM port number may vary depending on your PC.Setting up APNConnection software for AT commands is required to set up APN.Setup procedures using Hyperterminal in Windows is explained in this section.• APN for Packet communication is set up. Up to 10 APNs with registration number <cid> 1to10(3P437) can be set up.• "mopera" is pre-registered to 1 in the cid list by default as "mopera.ne.jp". Registration numbers 2 to 10 are recommended for use with other APNs.• The registered cid is used as the connection number for the APN setting up Dial-up Networking.• Inquire your network administrator or ISP regarding APN's other than mopera.• AT commands may not be displayed in Hyperterminal from Step 6 P441 onwards.• Entering in the following manner:•ATE1 • Displays AT commands.<Example: in Windows XP>aConnect FOMA handset with accompanying USB cable 3P414bTurn on FOMA handset and connect the other end of the USB cable to PCScreenScreenDefault setting cid1:mopera.ne.jp cid2~10: neverScreen00M1000EN.book  416 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
417Using Data CommunicationcClick “ スタート ” (Start) y “ すべてのプログラム ” (All Programs) y “アクセサリ ” (Accessories) y “通信 ” (Communication) y “ハイパーターミナル ” (Hyperterminal)Hyperterminal is launched.1In Windows Me or Windows 2000On the PC, click “スタート” (Start) y“プログラム” (Program) y“アクセサリ” (Accessories) y “通信” (Communication) y “ハイパーターミナル” (Hyperterminal)1In Windows98Click Hypertrm.exe after clicking “ハイパーターミナル” (Hyperterminal)dEnter desired name in 名前 (name) and click [OK]Enter name as "sample" here as an exampleeSelect FOMA M1000 in “ 接続方法 ” (Connection method) then click [OK]1When COM port in FOMA M1000 can be selectedClick [OK] in COM port properties.• To check COM port number selected in “接続方法” (Connection method) (3P437), perform “COMポートを確認する” (Check COM Port)1When COM port in FOMA M1000 cannot be selectedaClick [キャンセル] (Cancel)“接続の設定” (Set up connection) screen is closed.bClick “ファイル” (File) and select “プロパティ ” (Properties)cSelect FOMA M1000 in “接続方法” (Connection method) of “接続の設定” (Set up connection) tab of “sampleのプロパティ” (Sample properties) screendDeselect OFF “国/地域番号と市外局番を使う” (Use country code and area code)eClick [OK] fEnter APN then press Enter in the following formatAT+CGDCONT=<cid>,"PPP", "APN"If a cid is already set up, not that the new CID overwrites the previous setting.Screen<cid> : Enter desired number between 2 to 10"APN": Enter APN with double quotation mark"PPP" : Enter "PPP" as isScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  417 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
418Using Data CommunicationAPN setup is complete if OK is displayed.Example: When XXX.abc is set up in cid 2Enter "AT+CGDCONT=2,"PPP","XXX.abc"$$"gCheck that if OK is displayed, and click “ファイル ” (File) y “ ハイパーターミナルの終了 ” (End Hyperterminal)Hyperterminal is closed.Saving is not necessary when confirm save screen is displayed.1When APN settings are reset with AT command• cid=1 is reset to mopera.ne.jp (default value), and cid=2 to 10 is unregistered.<Input method>AT+CGDCONT=  (When resetting all cids)AT+CGDCONT=<cid>  (When resetting a specific cid)1When checking APN with AT command• Display current settings<Input method>AT+CGDCONT?1When nothing is displayed as AT command is entered<Input method>ATE 1Notifying/Hiding Caller ID• Caller ID can be turned on or off to enable/disable notifying Caller ID to the designator during packet connection. Use caller ID with care. Your caller ID is valuable information. • Caller ID can be set up with AT command before performing Dial-up Networking• Use *DGPIR command to setup caller ID to notify or hide, or to reset to “設定なし” (None) (default value) (3P454)aLaunch “ハイパーターミナル ” (Hyperterminal)bSet up caller ID display during Packet communicationEnter in the following format "AT*DGPIR=<n>"1To Append 184 (hiding caller ID) automatically when calling or answering Enter AT*DGPIR=11To Append 186 (notifying caller ID) automatically when calling or answeringEnter AT*DGPIR=2cClick “ファイル ” (File) y “ハイパーターミナルの終了 ” (End Hyperterminal) if [OK] is displayedDefault setting NotifyScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  418 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
419Using Data Communication1Setting up 186(Notify)/184(Hide) in Dial-up Networking186/184 can also be appended to a number in Dial-up Networking.* When 186/184 are setup in both DGPIR and Dial-up Networking, the applicable settings are described in the following table. NOTE•Enter AT*DGPIR=0 to reset caller ID setup with DGPIR command to "Never".• Set caller ID setting to "Notify" when using "mopera", DoCoMo's ISP service.Setting up Dial-up<Example: Connecting to "mopera" using <cid>=1>• Contact your ISP or network administrator to setup and connect with another ISP.Setting up Dial-up Connection in Windows XPaClick “ スタート ” (Start) y “ すべてのプログラム ” (All Programs) y “ アクセサリ ” (Accessories) y “通信 ” (Communications) y “新しい接続 ”“ウィザード ” (New connection wizard)bClick [ 次へ ] (Next) in “新しい接続ウィザード ” (New connection wizard)cSelect “インターネットに接続する ” (Connecting to the Internet), and click [ 次へ ] (Next)Dial-up Networking setup (when cid=1)*Caller ID display setting with DGPIR commandNotify/hide caller ID*99***1# Never NotifyHide HideNotify Notify184*99***1# Never Hide (Priority given to 184 setup in Dial-up Networking)HideNotify186*99***1# Never Notify (Priority given to 186 setup in Dial-up Networking)HideNotifyScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  419 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
420Using Data CommunicationdSelect “接続を手動でセットアップする” (Setting up connection manually) then click [ 次へ ] (Next)eSelect “ダイヤルアップモデムを使用して接続する ” (Connection with dial-up modem) then click [次へ ] (Next)f“デバイスの選択 ” (Select device) is displayed, select “ モデム− FOMA M1000(COMx)” (Modem-FOMA M1000 (COMx)) then click [ 次へ] (Next)“デバイスの選択” (Select device) is only displayed when multiple modems are installed. (COMx) is COM Port number displayed in “COMポートの確認” (Checking COM Port) (3P437)gEnter desired name in “ISP 名” (ISP name) then click [次へ ] (Next)hEnter APN number in “ 電話番号 ” (Phone number) then click [次へ ] (Next)iLeave “ユーザー名” (Username), “パスワード ” (Password) and “パスワードの確認入力 ” (Confirm password) blank, and click [次へ ] (Next)Entering of username and password is not required for "mopera"Enter “ ユーザー名 ” (Username), “パスワード” (Password) and “パスワードの確認入力” (Confirm password) provided by your ISP or network administrator if connecting to another ISP.ScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  420 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
421Using Data CommunicationjClick [ 完了 ] (Done)Displays newly created connection wizard. kClick “ スタート ” (Start) y “ すべてのプログラム ” (All Programs) y “アクセサリ ” (Accessories) y “通信 ” (Communication) y “ネットワーク接続 ” (Network connection)lSelect icon of newly created dial up, and click “ファイル” (File) y “ プロパティ” (Properties)mCheck setting in “ 全般 ” (General) tabVerify that “モデム−FOMA M1000” (Modem-FOMA M1000) in “接続の方法” (Connection method) is selected if 2 or more modems are connected to your PC. Select if it is deselected.Verify that “ ダイヤル情報を使う” (Use dial up information) is not selected. Deselect OFF if selected.nClick “ ネットワーク ” (Network) tab and perform each setup.Select PPP:Windows 95/98/NT4/2000, Internet in “呼び出すダイヤルアップサーバーの種類 ” (Dial up server)Select “インターネットプロトコル(TCP/IP)” (Internet protocol(TCP/IP)) in “この接続は次の項目を使用します” (Use following items in this connection)• Settings to cannot be changed in “QoSパケットスケジューラ” (QoS Packet Scheduler)oClick [ 設定 ] (Setting)ScreenScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  421 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
422Using Data CommunicationpDeselect all checkboxes then click [OK]qClick [OK] in “ ネットワーク ” (Network) tab screenSetting up Dial-up Networking in Windows 2000aClick “スタート ” (Start) y “ プログラム” Program) y “アクセサリ ” (Accessories) y “通信 ” (Communication) y “ネットワークとダイヤルアップ接続 ” (Network and dial up connection)bClick “新しい接続の作成 ” (Create new connection) icon in “ ネットワークとダイヤルアップ接続 ” (Network and dial up connection)cEnter “ 市外局番 ” (Area code) then click [OK] if “ 所在地情報 ” (Location information) is displayed“所在地情報” (Location information) is displayed when launching “新しい接続の作成” (Create new connection) for the first time in Step2.From the second launch onwards, this is not displayed. “ネットワークの接続ウィザード” (Network connection wizard) is displayed instead. Proceed to Step5 when displayed.dClick [OK] in “ 電話とモデムのオプション ” (Telephone and modem option)eClick [次へ ] (Next) in “ネットワークの接続ウィザード ” (Network connection wizard)fSelect “インターネットにダイヤルアップ接続する ” (Dial up connection to the Internet) then click [ 次へ ] (Next)ScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  422 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
423Using Data CommunicationgSelect “インターネット接続を手動で設定するか、またはローカルエリアネットワーク (LAN) を使って接続します ” (Connect to the Internet manually or via Local Area Network(LAN)) then click [次へ ] (Next)hSelect “電話回線とモデムを使ってインターネットに接続します ” (Connect to the Internet with telephone line and modem) then click [次へ ] (Next)iVerify that FOMA M1000 is displayed in “インターネットへの接続に使うモデムを選択する ” (Select modem for Internet connection) then click[次へ ] (Next)Select FOMA M1000 if FOMA M1000 is not displayed.• The following message is not displayed if modems other than FOMA M1000 are not installed.jEnter APN number in “電話番号 ” (Telephone number) then click [ 詳細設定 ] (Advanced setting)Deselect “市外局番とダイヤル情報を使う” (Use area code and dial up information).kSet each settings in “ 接続 ” (Connection) tab then click “ アドレス” (Address) tab as shownEnter the information provided by your ISP in “ 接続の種類” (Connection type) and “ログオンの手続き” (Log on process)ScreenScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  423 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
424Using Data Communicationl Click “アドレス” (Address) tab, and set IP address or DNS (Domain Name Service) as shown the click [OK]Enter the information such as “IPアドレス” (IP address) or “ISPによるDNSアドレスの自動割り当て” (DNS(Domain Name Service) address auto-assigned by ISP) provided by your ISP or network administrator in order to connect to an ISP other than "mopera".mClick [次へ ] (Next) in “インターネットアカウントの接続情報 ” (Internet accounts set up information)nLeave “ユーザー名” (Username) and “パスワード” (Password) blank then click [次へ ] (Next)Username and password confirmation screens are continuously displayed. Click [OK] in each screenUsername and password are not required for "mopera".Enter “ユーザー名” (Username) and “ パスワード” (Password) provided by your ISP or network administrator in order to connect to an ISP other than "mopera".oEnter the desired name in “ 接続名 ” (Connection) then click [次へ] (Next)pSelect “いいえ ” (No) then click [次へ ] (Next)qDeselect “今すぐインターネットに接続するにはここを選び [ 完了 ] をクリックしてください ” (Select here and click [Done] to connect to the Internet now) then click [完了 ] (Done)ScreenScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  424 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
425Using Data CommunicationrSelect newly created dial up icon, then click “ ファイル ” (File) y “ プロパティ” (Properties)sCheck settings in “ 全般 ” (General) tabCheck if “モデム”−FOMA M1000 (Modem-FOMA M1000) in “接続の方法” (Connection method) is selected when 2 or more modems are connected to PC. Select if it is deselected. Verify that “ダイヤル情報を使う” (Use for dial up information) is deselected. Deselect if it is selected. tClick “ ネットワーク ” (Network) tab, and perform each setupSelect PPP:FWindows 95/98/NT4/2000, Internet in “呼び出すダイヤルアップサーバーの種類” (Dial up server).Select only “インターネットプロトコル(TCP/IP)” (Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)) for component.uClick [ 設定 ] (Setting)vDeselect all settings, then click [OK]wClick [OK] in “ ネットワーク ” (Network) tabSetting up Dial-up Networking in Windows Me/Windows 98aClick “ スタート ” (Start) y “ プログラム” (Program) y “アクセサリ ” (Accessories) y “通信 ” (Communication) y “ダイヤルアップネットワーク ” (Dial-up Networking)bClick [ 次へ ] (Next) in “ダイヤルアップネットワークへようこそ ” (Welcome to Dial-up Networking)This message is displayed when launching Dial-up Networking for the first time. Click [次へ] (Next) to proceed to Step 4.From the second time onwards, this is not displayed. “ダイヤルアップネットワーク”(Dial-up Networking) in Step 3 is displayed instead.ScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  425 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
426Using Data CommunicationcClick “新しい接続 ” (New connection) icon in “ダイヤルアップネットワーク ” (Dial-up Networking)dEnter desired name in “接続名 ” (Connection name) then click [次へ] (Next)Verify that FOMA M1000 is displayed in “モデムの選択” (Select modem).•Select FOMA M1000 if FOMA M1000 is not displayed.eEnter APN number in “ 電話番号 ” (Telephone number), then click [次へ] (Next)Leave 市外局番 (Area code) blank.fCheck connection name (Desired) then click [ 完了 ] (Done)gClick スタート (Start) y “ プログラム” (Program) y “アクセサリ ” (Accessories) y “通信 ” (Communication) y “ダイヤルアップネットワーク ” (Dial-up Networking)ScreenScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  426 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
427Using Data CommunicationhSelect newly created Dial-up Networking icon then click “ ファイル” (File) y “プロパティ” (Properties)iSelect “電話番号 ” (Phone number) and “接続方法 ” (Connection method) in “ 全般 ” (General) tab. Deselect “市外局番とダイヤルのプロパティを使う ” (Use properties in area code and dial)Verify that FOMA M1000 is displayed in “接続方法 ” (Connection method)• Select FOMA M1000 if FOMA M1000 is not displayedjClick “ ネットワーク ” (Network) tab and perform various settings.Select “PPP:インターネット,Windows 2000/NT,Windows Me” (PPP:Internet, Windows 2000/NT, Windows Me) in “ダイヤルアップサーバーの 種類” (Dial up server)Select only  “ インターネットプロトコル”(TCP/IP) (Internet protocol (TCP/IP)) for component.1In Windows 98Click “サーバーの種類” (Server type) tab and perform various settings.Select “PPP:インターネット, Windows NT Server, Windows 98” (PPP:Internet, Windows NT Server, Windows 98) in “ダイヤルアップサーバーの種類” (Dial up server).Select only  “インターネットプロトコル”(TCP/IP) (Internet protocol (TCP/IP)) for component.kClick “ セキュリティ” (Security) tab, and click [OK] without entering Username and passwordEntering of Username and password is not required for "mopera".Enter “ユーザー名” (Username) and “ パスワード” (Password) provided by your ISP or network administrator for other ISP in order to connect to an ISP other than "mopera". 1In Windows 98Click [OK]ScreenScreenScreenScreen00M1000EN.book  427 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
428Using Data CommunicationUsing Dial-up NetworkingUsing Dial-up Networking for Packet communication and 64K data connection without the use of FOMA PC setup software is explained in this section. • Check that your FOMA handset is properly connected to your PC before connecting.Check connection between FOMA handset and PC prior to establishing Bluetooth connection<Example: in Windows XP>aClick “スタート ” (Start) y “ すべてのプログラム ” (All programs) y “アクセサリ ” (Accessories) y “通信 ” (Communication) y “ネットワーク接続 ” (Network connection)bClick connection iconSelect Dial-up Networking icon of ISP name setup in Step7 of P444, then click “ネットワークタスク” (Network task) y “ この接続を開始する” (Start connection), or click the connection icon.cCheck setting and click [ダイヤル ] (Dial)Dial-up network is completed when a connection in progress message is displayed followed by a connection established message.• Check each setting and click [接続] (Connect) when using an OS other than Windows XP.• Entering of a “ユーザー名” (Username) and “パスワード” (Password) is not required to connect to "mopera".• Check setting if a message notifying the completion of connection is not displayed.DisconnectingDisconnecting may not be completed by closing the Internet browser. Disconnect by performing the following procedures.aClick Dial-up Networking icon in task trayConnection screen is displayed. bClick [切断 ] (Disconnect)NOTE• Transmission speed displayed on the PC may vary from the actual transmission speed. ScreenScreenDial-up Networking iconScreen00M1000EN.book  428 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
429Using Data CommunicationAT CommandsAT Commands are commands for setting FOMA handset functions from a PC.• AT Command input format.[&F] : Reset to factory default.[&W] : Register setting. Called settings by ATZ Command.[AT] : Can be used in FOMA M1000 Command Port.[M] : Can be used with FOMA M1000 (Modem).AT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command ExamplesAT % V[M]Displays versions of FOMA handset.-AT%VVer1.00OKAT &C  n[&F] [&W] [AT] [M]Set the operating conditions of the circuit CD for DTE.n=0 : Always keeps line CD signal ONn=1 : Line CD signals vary according to line connection status (default)AT & C 1OKAT &D  n[&F] [&W] [AT] [M]Set the operation performed when circuit ER signal received from DTE is switched from ON to OFF.n=0 : Ignore status (assumed to be ON)n=1 : Online command mode is set when status changes from ON to OFFn=2 : Line is disconnected and OFF LINE mode (default) is enabled when status changes from ON to OFFAT & D 1OKAT &F  n[AT] [M]Reset to factory default. If the command is entered during communication, the handset is reset.Only n=0 can be set (skippable) -AT&S n[&F] [&W] [M]Set how to control the data set ready signal to be output to DTE.n=0 : Always ON (default)n=1 : DR signal ON at time of line connectionAT&S0OKAT &W  n[AT] [M]Register current settings. Only n=0 can be set (skippable) -AT *DGANSM=n[M]Set the reject/permit setting mode for incoming Packet communication. The setting is only valid for Packet communication received immediately after the command is entered.n=0 : Turn OFF reject (AT*DGARL)/permit setting for incoming Packet communication (default)n=1 : Turn ON reject setting for incoming Packet communicationn=2 : Turn ON permit setting for incoming Packet communicationAT *DGANSM?: Display currently settingsAT  * D G A N S M = 0OKAT  * D G A N S M ?*DGANSM:0OKAT*DGAPL=n [,cid][M]Set up APN to permit incoming Packet communication from APN settings. Use <cid> parameters defined by AT+CGDCONT.  n=0 : Add APN defined by <cid> to list of APNs permitted for incoming Packet communicationn=1 : Delete APN defined by <cid> from list of APNs permitted for incoming connectionIf <cid> parameter is omitted, all the <cids> are added to/deleted from the list.AT *DGAPL?: Display permit incoming Packet communicationAT*DGAPL =0,1OKAT *DGAPL?*DGAPL:1OKAT *DGAPL =1OKAT *DGAPL?OK00M1000EN.book  429 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
430Using Data CommunicationAT * DG A R L= n [ ,c i d ][M]Set APN to refuse incoming connection. APN setting uses <cid> parameters defined by +CGDCONT.n=0 : Add APN defined by <cid> to list of APNs refused for incoming connectionn=1 : Delete APN defined by <cid> to list of APNs refused for incoming connectionIf <cid> parameter is omitted, all <cids> are added to/deleted from the list.AT *DGARL?: Display refused incoming connectionAT *DGARL =0,1OKAT *DGARL?*DGARL:1OKAT *DGARL =1OKAT *DGARL?OKAT *DGPIR=n[M]The setting for notify or hide made by this command is valid when a connection is sent or received. The Dial-up Networking settings can also be used to append 186(ON) or 184(OFF) to the dial-up connection.  3 P442n=0 : Connecting to APN directly (default)n=1 : Send 184 to APN (always OFF)n=2 : Send 186 to APN (always ON)AT *DGPIR?: Display current settingAT *DGPIR =0OKAT *DGPIR?*DGPIR:0OK+++[M]Switch FOMA handset's mode from online data mode to online command status without disconnecting when escape sequence executed. -  (Online Data Mode)+++ (Unable to see the display)OKAT+CE ER[M]Disconnection reason display.<report>See Disconnection reason list 3 P460AT + C E E R+CEER:36OKAT+CGDCONT[M]Set APN when sending Packet communication.3 P461 3 P461AT+CGEQMIN[M]Register criteria value for determining if QoS (Quality of Service) sent from network when PPP Packet communication is established, is acceptable or not.AT+CGEQMIN=[Parameters] 3 P461AT+CGEQMIN=?: Display all lists of settingsAT+CGEQMIN?: Display current settings3 P461AT +C G E QR E Q[M]Set QoS (Quality of Service) to request for the network when PPP Packet communication is established.AT+CGEQREQ= [Parameters] 3 P462AT+CGEQREQ=?: Display all lists of settingsAT+CGEQREQ?: Display current settings3 P462AT+CG M R[AT] [M]Display FOMA handset's version.-AT+CGMR12345XXXXXXXXXXXOKAT+CGREG=n[&F] [&W] [AT] [M]Set whether to report network service registration status. Upon receiving the status report, "Within service area" or "Outside service area" will be displayed.n=0 : OFF (default)n=1 : ON (Report the status when it is shifted between within service area and Outside service area)AT + C G R E G ?:  Display current setting+CGREG:< n>,<stat>n : Parameterstat :0 Outside service area1 Within service area4 Unknown5 Outside service area (Roaming)AT + C G R E G = 1OK(Set to report status)AT + C G R E G ?+CGREG:1,0OK(Outside service area)(Move from Outside service area to Within service area)+CGREG:1AT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command Examples00M1000EN.book  430 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
431Using Data CommunicationAT + C G S N[AT] [M]Display FOMA handset's serial number.-AT+CGSN12345XXXXXXXXXXOKAT+CMEE=n[&F] [&W] [M]Set if any error report in FOMA handsetn=0 : Display ERROR and not result code (default)n=1 : +CME ERROR:<err> Use result code and display reason as numbern=2 : +CME ERROR:<err>User result code and display reason as charactersAT+ C MEE?: Display current settingsThe right hand side is the command examples when errors in FOMA handset or connection. AT + C M E E = 0OKAT+CNUMERRORAT + C M E E = 1OKAT+CNUM+CME ERROR:10AT + C M E E = 2OKAT+CNUM+CME ERROR:SIMnot insertedAT+CNUM[M]Display FOMA handset's own number.number: Telephone numbertype : 129 or 145129 : International access code does not include +145 : International access code includes +AT+CNUM+CNUM:,"+8190XXXXXXXX",145OKAT+CR=n[&F] [&W] [M]Display bearer types before displaying CONNECT result code during line connection.n=0 : Do not display (default)n=1 : Display<serv> : Display only "GPRS" for Packet communication (Display "SYNC", "AV32K", "AV64K" for data connection)AT+CR?: Display current settingsAT+CR =1OKATD *99 ***1#+CR:GPRSCONNECTAT+CRC=n[&F] [&W] [M]Set to use extend result code for incoming connection.n=0 : Do not use (default)n=1 : Use +CRING.<type>+CRINGForm for +CRING is as follows+CRING: GPRS "PPP",,, "<APN>"AT+CRC?: Display current setting.AT+CRC=0OKAT+CRC?+CRC:0OKAT+CREG=n[&F] [&W] [AT] [M]Set to display network information indicating "Within service area" or "Outside service area".• OS dependantn=0 : Not notifying (default)n=1 : Notifying (when switching "Within service area" and "Outside service area")AT+CREG?: Display current settings+CREG: < n>,<stat>n : set valuestat :0 Outside service area1 Within service area4 Unknown5 Within service area (Roaming)AT+CREG=1OK(Set to notify)AT+CREG?+CREG:1,0OK(Outside service area)(Move from "Outside service area" to "Within service area")+CREG:1AT + G M I[M]Display FOMA handset's manufacturer.-AT+GMIMotorolaOKAT + G M M[M]Display FOMA handset's product name.-AT+GMMFOMA M1000OKAT + G M R[M]Display FOMA handset's version.-AT+GMRVer1.00OKAT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command Examples00M1000EN.book  431 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
432Using Data CommunicationAT+IFC=n,m[&F] [&W][AT] [M]Set to control local flow n : DCE by DTEm : DTE by DCEEach set value for n,m0 : No flow control1 : Perform XON/XOFF flow control2 : Perform RS/CS (RTS/CTS) flow control Default: n,m=2.2AT + I F C ?: Display current settingsAT+IFC=2,2OKAT+WS46=n[&F] [&W] [M]Set wireless network for FOMA handset.n=22 : W-CDMA (WidebandCDMA) only (default)AT+WS46=22OKATA[M]Perform the receiving process while receiving Packet communication or 64K data connection.-RINGATACONNECTA/[AT] [M]Execute the previously executed command. No carriage return is necessary.-A/OKATD[M]Perform automatic call process based on parameters and dial-up parameters to FOMA handset.ATD*99***<cid># : Packet communication<cid>1 to 10 : APNs set in +CGDCONTSet AT+CBST=116,1,0ATD<phone number> : 64K data connectionSet AT+CBST=131,1,0ATD< phone number > : AV32K connectionSet AT+CBST=134,1,0ATD< phone number > : AV64K connection<Packet communication>ATD*99***1#CONNECT<64K connection>AT+CBST=116,1,0OKATD090XXXXXXXXCONNECT<AV32K connection>AT+CBST=131,1,0OKATD090XXXXXXXXCONNECT<AV64K connection>AT+CBST=134,1,0OKATD090XXXXXXXXCONNECTATE n[&F] [&W] [AT] [M]Sets the presence of echo for DTE in command mode.n=0 : Echo "OFF"n=1 : Echo "ON"(default)AT E 1OKATH n[M]Performs onhook action to FOMA handset.n=0 : Disconnect line (can be skipped) (packet communication) +++AT HNO CARRIERATI n[AT] [M]Display the confirmation code.n=0 : Display "NTT DoCoMo"n=1 : Display product name (same as +GMM)n=2 : Display version in PPP Packet communication (same as +GMR)AT I 0NTT DoCoMoOKAT I 1FOMA M1000OKATO n[M]Return from online command mode to offline data mode during connection.n=0 : Return from online command mode to offline data mode (can be skipped)ATOCONNECTAT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command Examples00M1000EN.book  432 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
433Using Data CommunicationAT Q n[&F] [&W] [AT] [M]Set up to display/hide result code to DTE.n=0 : Display result code (default)n=1 : Does not display result codeAT Q 0OKAT Q 1(OK is not displayed this time)AT S 0 = n[&F] [&W] [M]Set number of rings until FOMA handset receives connection automatically.n=0 : Do not receive automatically (default)n=1- 255: Receive automatically with specified number of rings.ATS0? : Display current settingAT S 0 = 0OKAT S 0 ?000OKAT S 2 = n[&F] [M]Set escape character. n=43 : Defaultn=127 : DisabledATS2? : Display current settingsAT S 2 = 4 3OKAT S 2 ?043OKAT S 3 = n[&F] [M]Set carriage return character.n=13 : Default (Only n=13. Can be set)ATS3? : Display current settingsAT S 3 = 1 3OKAT S 3 ?013OKAT S 4 = n[&F] [M]Set Line Feed (LF) character.n=10 : Default (Only n=10. Can be set)ATS4? : Display current settingsAT S 4 = 1 0OKAT S 4 ?010OKAT S 5 = n[&F] [M]Set Back Space (BS) character.n=8 : Default (Only n=8. Can be set)ATS5? : Display current settingsAT S 5 = 8OKAT S 5 ?008OKAT S 7 = n[&F] [&W] [M]Set waiting time till end of connection.n=1 to 120 (default: n=60)(second)Setting 121 to 255 is regarded as 120ATS7? : Display current settingsAT S 7 = 6 0OKAT S 7 ?060OKAT V n[&F] [&W] [AT] [M]Set all result code to be displayed in either numerals or alphabet characters.n=0 : Send back a result code in numeralsn=1 : Send back a result code in alphabet characters (default)AT V 1OKAT X n[&F] [&W]Set whether to show speed display in the CONNECT display for the connection.Also detect busy tone or dial tone.n=0 : No dial tone detected, no busy tone detect, no speed displayn=1 : No dial tone detected, no busy tone detected, speed displayn=2 : Detect dial tone, no busy tone detected, speed displayn=3 : No dial tone detected, detect dial tone, speed displayn=4 : Detect dial tone, detect dial tone, speed display (default)AT X 1OKAT Z[AT] [M]Reset to the status of nonvolatile memory.Disconnect the line if this command is entered during connection.- (Off line command mode)AT ZNO CARRIER(On line command mode)AT ZOKAT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command Examples00M1000EN.book  433 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
434Using Data CommunicationAT¥S[M]Display current set of commands and S register setting.-AT¥SE1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1&D2&S0¥V0S000=000S002=043S003=013S004=010S005=008S006=005S007=060S008=003S010=001S030=000S103=001S104=001OKAT¥V n[&F] [&W] [M]Select type of response code when connected.n=0 : Do no use expanded result code (default)n=1 : Use expanded result codeAT ¥ V 0OKAT+CP IN[AT][M]Enter PIN in FOMA handset.Format : AT+CPIN="<pin>","<newpin>"This command is to enter PIN1, PIN2 or PIN unlock number in FOMA handset based on result code replied by AT+CPIN?PIN cannot possibly be entered with this command depending on result code when AT+CPIN? is entered even if PIN or PIN unlock code is required.Do not use this command in order to change PIN. <pin> and <newpin> must be surrounded with " " .Result of AT+CPIN?  +CPIN:READY:PIN1 codePIN2PIN1 unlock code, Unable to input PIN2 unlock code+CPIN:SIM PIN: Waiting to enter PIN1+CPIN:SIM PIN2: Waiting to enter PIN2+CPIN:SIM PUK: Locking PIN1 (Possible to enter PIN1 unlock code)+CPIN:SIM PUK2: Locking PIN2 (Possible to enter PIN2 unlock code)The right is the example of PIN"1234" "and "12345678".(+CPIN:READY is ready to respond when +CPIN? is entered) AT+CPIN="1234"ERROR(+CPIN:READY is ready to respond when +CPIN? is entered) AT+CPIN="12345678","1234"ERROR(+CPIN:SIM PIN is ready to respond when +CPIN? is entered) AT+CPIN="1234"OK(+CPIN:SIM PIN2 is ready to respond when +CPIN? is entered) AT+CPIN="1234"OK(+CPIN:SIM PUK is ready to respond when +CPIN? is entered: PIN locked) AT+CPIN="12345678","1234"OK(+CPIN:SIM PUK2 is ready to respond when +CPIN? is entered: PIN locked) AT+CPIN="12345678","1234"OKAT + C P I N ?+CPIN:READYOKAT + C P I N = ?OKAT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command Examples00M1000EN.book  434 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
435Using Data CommunicationAT + C L I P = n[&F][&W][M]Display sender's caller ID when 64K data connection is received.n=0 : No output result (default)n=1 : Output resultResult : +CLIP (n,m)m=0 : Network setting that does not notify caller IDm=1 : Network setting that notifies caller IDm=2 : UnknownAT + C L I P = 0OKAT + C L I P = ?+CLIP:(0,1)OK(+CLIP=1 Output result)RING+CLIP:"090XXXXXXXX",177,"123",136AT + C L I R = n[M]Set to notify phone number when sending 64K data connection.n=0 : Use setting written in service agreementn=1 : Do not send Caller IDn=2 : Send Caller ID (default)Result : +CLIR(n, m)m=0 : CLIR is not operating (always notify)m=1 : CLIR is operating (always does not notify)m=2 : Unknownm=3 : CLIR Temporary mode (default; does not notify)m=4 : CLIR Temporary mode (default: notify)AT + C L I R = 0OKAT + C L I R ?+CLIR:0,1OKAT + C L I R = ?+CLIR:(0-2)OKATS30=n[&F][M]Disconnect handset if no data is received or sent.n=0 : Inactive timer off (default)n=0 to 255AT S 3 0 = 0OKAT S 3 0 ?000OKAT S 3 0 = ?ERRORATS103=n[&F][M]Set to append and send received sub address.n=0 : *n=1 : / (default)n=2 : ¥ (yen symbol or backslash)AT S 1 0 3 = 0OKAT S 1 0 3 ?000OKAT S 1 0 3 = ?ERRORATS104=n[&F][M]Set to append and send outgoing sub address.n=0 : #n=1 : % (default)n=2 : &AT S 1 0 4 = 0OKAT S 1 0 4 ?000OKAT S 1 0 4 = ?ERRORAT * D A N T E[M]Display reception level with a number.n=0 : Reception level 0n=1 : Reception level 1n=2 : Reception level 2n=3 : Reception level 3AT * DA N T E*DANTE:3OKAT * DA N T E = ?*DANTE:(0-3)OKAT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command Examples00M1000EN.book  435 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
436Using Data CommunicationLists of Disconnected ReasonsDisconnected reasons  for requested contents are as follows:1Packet communication164K Data connectionAT*DRPW[M]Display an index for reception power of the radio signal.-AT*DRPW*DRPW:0OKAT*DRPW=?*DRPW:(0-75)OKValue Reason27 APN is not present or incorrect.30 Disconnected from network.33 Requested service option is not subscribed.36 Connection is disconnected properly.Value Reason1 Specified number does not exist.16 Connection is disconnected properly.17 Unable to communicate because remote device is busy.18 Call was made, but no response within the specified time.19 Unable to communicate because remote device is busy calling.21 Remote device rejected a call.63 Network service and option are not valid.65 Unavailable processing speed was specified.88 You made a call to or received a call from a handset with different handset properties.AT Command Overview Parameters/Description Command Examples00M1000EN.book  436 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
437Using Data CommunicationAdditional AT Commands Descriptions1Invalid AT commandThe following commands will not generate errors but will not act as commands.• AT (Enter only AT)• ATT (Tone setting)• ATP (Pulse setting)• ATS6 (Specify duration of pause till dialing commences)• ATS8 (Specify duration of comma till dialing commences)• ATS10 (Set delay time for automatic disconnection)1Command name +CGDCONT[M]•OverviewSet APN when sending packet connection.Although this command is a setup command, it does not get stored to the status of nonvolatile memory by &W, and does not get reset by &F and &Z.•Form+CGDCONT=[<cid>[,"PPP"[ ,"<APN>"] ] ]• Parameter descriptionsSet APN when sending Packet communication. See examples in command operation lists• Operation without parameter• Command examplesRegistered APN named abc (cid=3)AT+CGDCONT=3,"PPP","abc"OK1Command name:+CGEQMIN=[Parameter] [M]•OverviewRegister criteria value to determine if QoS sent from network when PPP Packet communication established is permitted.4 ways to set up as stated in command examples.Although this command is a setup command, it does not get stored to the status of nonvolatile memory by &W, and does not get reset by &F and &Z.•Form+CGEQMIN=[<cid>[,,<Maximum bitrate UL>[ ,<Maximum bitrate DL>] ] ]• Parameter description• Operation without parameter• Command examples<cid>* : 1 to 10<APN>* : Optional*: <cid> is the number used to control the destination (APN) for the Packet communication to be registered in FOMA handset.1~10 can be registered. <cid>=1 is set as mopera.ne.jp as default but overwrittable.<APN>is optional connection name that indicates each destination.+CGDCONT= : Set default value for all <cid>+CGDCONT=<cid>: Set specified <cid> as default+CGDCONT=? : Display list of values that can be configured+CGDCONT? : Display current settings<cid>* : 1 to 10<Maximum bitrate UL>*: None (default) or 64<Maximum bitrate DL>*: None (default) or 384*: <cid> is the number used to control the destination (APN) for the Packet communication to be registered in FOMA handset. 1 to 10 can be registered.In <Maximum bitrate UL> and <Maximum bitrate DL>, the minimum connection speed [in kbps] is set for both upload and download traffic between FOMA handset and the base station. If the parameter is set to None (default), all speeds are permissible. If 64 and 384 are set, any connection at a speed except the above limit is not permitted, and the Packet communication will not be connected.+CGEQMIN= : Set default value for all <cid>+CGEQMIN=<cid>: Set specified <cid> as default value00M1000EN.book  437 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
438Using Data Communication4 ways to set up as states in command examples. Set (1) as states value for each <cid>s1Command name: :+CGEQREQ=[Parameter] [M]•OverviewSets up QoS to request to the network when PPP Packet communication is established.This set up is also set up as the default value in one of the patterns stated in the following command execution example.Although this command is a setup command, it does not get stored to the status of nonvolatile memory by &W, and does not get reset by &F and &Z.•Form+CGEQREQ=[<cid>]• Parameter Description<cid>*:1 to 10• Operation without parameter• Command examplesOnly 1 way to set the command. The contents are set by default for each cid.Command used to require 64kbps upload and 384kbps download (when<cid>=3)AT+CGEQREQ=3OK1Saving modem port command setting valuesSettings by AT commands are initialized when FOMA handset is switched ON and OFF, except APN setting by AT+CGDCONT (3 P440), QoS settings by AT+CGEQMIN and AT+CGEQREQ commands, permit/reject setting mode for incoming connection set by AT*DGAPL/AT*DGARL/AT*DGANSM commands or appending 184 or 186 for packet connection by AT*DGPIR command. Commands with [&W] can be saved by enteringAT& Wafter setting. And at the same time, other settings with [&W] are also saved. These values can be called by enteringATZeven if after FOMA handset was switched ON and OFF.(1) Command used to permit all speed both upload and download (when<cid>=2)AT+CGEQMIN=2OK(2) Command used to permit only 64kbps upload and 384kbps download (when<cid>=3)AT+CGEQMIN=3,,64,384OK(3) Command used to permit 64kbps upload and all speed download (when<cid>=4)AT+CGEQMIN=4,,64OK(4) Command used to permit all speed upload and only 384kbps download (when<cid>=5)AT+CGEQMIN=5,,,384OK*: <cid> is the number used to control the destination (APN) for the Packet communication to be registered in FOMA handset. 1 to 10 can be registered to FOMA handset.+CGEQREQ= : Set default value for all <cid>s.+CGEQREQ=<cid>: Set specified <cid> as default.00M1000EN.book  438 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
439Using Data CommunicationResult Codes1Result codes for data connection1Extended result codes1Connection protocol result codeNOTE• When ATVn command (3 P457) is set to n=1, the result code is displayed in the alphanumeric display format (default). When the command is set to n=0, the result code is displayed in the numerical display format.• To retain compatibility with a modem connected via conventional RS-232C, connection speed is displayed but it differs from the actual connection speed because FOMA handset is connected to the PC with a USB cable. • When "RESTRICTION" message is displayed, (No.100), the network is busy. Please try later. No. Text display Description0 OK Operation performed properly.1 CONNECT Connected to their party.2 RING Incoming call.3 NO CARRIER Line disconnected.4 ERROR Unable to accept command.5 NO DIALTONE Unable to detect dial tone.6 BUSY Detect busy tone.7 NO ANSWER Completed connection. Timeout.100 RESTRICTION Network restriction in place.101 DELAYED Redial call restricted.No. Text display Description 5 CONNECT 1200 Connected at 1200bps between FOMA handset and PC.10 CONNECT 2400 Connected at 2400bps between FOMA handset and PC.11 CONNECT 4800 Connected at 4800bps between FOMA handset and PC.13 CONNECT 7200 Connected at 7200bps between FOMA handset and PC.12 CONNECT 9600 Connected at 9600bps between FOMA handset and PC.15 CONNECT 14400 Connected at 14,400bps between FOMA handset and PC.16 CONNECT 19200 Connected at 19,200bps between FOMA handset and PC.17 CONNECT 38400 Connected at 38,400bps between FOMA handset and PC.18 CONNECT 57600 Connected at 57,600bps between FOMA handset and PC.19 CONNECT 115200 Connected at 115,200bps between FOMA handset and PC.20 CONNECT 230400 Connected at 230,400bps between FOMA handset and PC.21 CONNECT 460800 Connected at 460,800bps between FOMA handset and PC.No. Text display Description1 PPPoverUD Connect via PPPoverUD(BC=UDI, +CBST=116,1,0)2 AV32K AV (video-phone) connect via [32K]3 AV64K AV (video-phone) connect via [64K]5 PACKET Connect with PACKET 00M1000EN.book  439 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
440Using Data CommunicationExamples of Result Codes1When ATX0 is set• Regardless of the settings of AT¥Vn command ( 3 P459), only CONNECT is displayed upon completion of connection.1When ATX1 is set• When ATX1, AT¥V0 is set (default)• Upon completion of connection, result code is displayed in the following format: CONNECT <speed between FOMA handset - PC>• When ATX1, AT¥V1 is set*• The code is displayed upon completion of connection in the following format:CONNECT <speed of FOMA handset - PC>PACKET <destination APN>/<upload maximum speed (between FOMA handset 3 radio base station)>/<download maximum speed (between FOMA handset ← radial base station)>Maximum 64kbps for sending and maximum 384kbps for receiving connection to mopera.ne.jp is displayed as follows.Text display example: ATD*99***1#CONNECTNumber display example : ATD*99***1#1Text display example: ATD*99***1#CONNECT 460800Number display example: ATD*99***1# 1  21Text display example: ATD*99***1#CONNECT 460800 PACKET mopera.ne.jp /64/ 384Number display example: ATD*99***1#1  21  5*: When ATX1 and AT¥V1 are set at the same time, it is likely that dial-up connection will fail. Only use of AT¥V0 is recommended.00M1000EN.book  440 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
441Entering CharactersCharacter Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442Entering Characters with Direct Input <Direct Input Method> . . . . . . . . . . . 444Editing/Registering Fixed Phrases <Save Phrases> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456Copying/Cutting and Pasting Characters <Character copy>  . . . . . . . . . . . . 458Registering Frequently Used Words <Save word>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460Using Electronic Dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462Setting the Detail of Character Entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466Entering Characters with Indirect Input Method<Indirect input method> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47000M1000EN.book  441 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
442Entering CharactersCharacter InputWith FOMA handset, a character is entered by tapping a target character at a keyboard displayed on the touch screen with the Stylus. Also, by switching the input method, a character can be entered by a free draw. Since character input is needed in various situations of FOMA handset operation, such as registering contacts, creating messages, and creating notes, it would be convenient if you memorize the procedure beforehand.Displaying Character Entry ScreenTap the character input field where a character needs to be entered, and tap $$ on the Status bar to display the character entry screen. Enter a target character by switching the input mode.• Input mode 3 P467• Input method 3 P466• Switching input method 3 P467Input MethodThere are following methods to enter characters with FOMA handset. Choose an input method that suites you.Input method Description ReferenceDirect input method50-character kana syllabary keyboard (Kana Keyboard)From the keyboard arranged in the order of 50-character kana syllabary, you can enter a character by tapping a target character.P469Qwerty keyboard From the keyboard arranged in alphabetical order, you can enter a character by tapping a target character. P471Handwriting A character is entered by writing a character on the free draw input area, using the Stylus. P478Indirect input methodMulti Tap From the keyboard with two or more characters assigned to one key, a character is entered by tapping a key multiple times to switch the characters.P496Two Tap From the keyboard with two or more characters assigned to one key, a character is entered by Two Tap operationsP500In case of 50-character kana syllabary keyboard00M1000EN.book  442 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
443Entering CharactersSwitching Input MethodThe input method used at the time of entering a character can be changed.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap "Handset" tab y Text input and on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Input method on Preferences screenbTap $$ of input method you are setting y [Close] y [Done]Input method is changed.Input ModeThere are following input modes to enter a character. Entering text with a mixture of hiragana, kanji, katakana, alphabet and numeric characters are performed by switching the input mode.To switch the input mode, tap the keyboard for each input method, or tap the key to switch the input mode in the free draw input screen. Default setting Kana keyboard• Tap $$ $$ at the tab display area to switch the tab display between left and right.Input mode Key display DescriptionHiragana/kanji [Hiragana]/[Kanji]/[Hira]/"あ /ア " Hiragana, kanji, and double-byte katakana can be entered.Katakana [Kata]/[Single-byte Kana] Double-byte/single-byte katakana can be entered.Alphabet [Abc]/[Abc]/[Eng]/" 英数 " Double-byte/single-byte alphabet character can be entered.Numeric [Num]/[Eng]/[Abc]/[Abc]/" 英数" Double-byte/single-byte numeric character can be entered.Symbol [Mark] Double-byte/single-byte symbols, special characters or fixed phrases can be selected.00M1000EN.book  443 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
444Entering CharactersNOTE• To switch the input mode, tap the corresponding key in the character input screen for each input method.• When the character input screen is displayed, there are input modes that cannot be switched, depending on the application running or what is to be entered.Direct Input MethodEntering Characters with Direct InputWith FOMA handset, there are three direct input methods: "50-character kana syllabary keyboard", "Qwerty keyboard" and "free draw input". By setting the input method in advance, each input screen can be displayed at the time of a character input. 3 P49250-character Kana Syllabary KeyboardWhen the input method is set to Kana keyboard following keyboards will be displayed by tapping $$ on the Status bar in the situation of entering characters.Item DescriptionaInput method switch key A menu is displayed, and input method can be switched.bNumber of characters The number of confirmed characters/maximum number available for character input are displayed.cMove key The keyboard is moved to the upper part/lower part of the touch screen.dDictionary key A dictionary search is performed.Hiragana/kanji input mode Katakana input modeAlphabet/numeric input mode Numeric input mode00M1000EN.book  444 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
445Entering Characters• To switch the input mode, tap either [Hira]/[Alphabet]/[Kana]/[Numeric] key from each input mode keyboard. • Tap [Symbol] to display the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary. 3 P472• List of symbols and special characters 3 P521• List of fixed phrases 3 P522Kana keyboardEntering Characters Using Kana KeyboardWith a kana keyboard, characters that can be entered are displayed on the keyboard. Tap a target character directly to input, and if necessary, switch the input mode by tapping the input mode key.<Example: when entering "太郎" in Name of a contact>aTap Name filed in a contact y tap $$ on the Status bar• How to operate 3 P99• When an input mode is other than hiragana/kanji mode, tap [Hira].bTap [ た] y [ ろ] y [う]cFrom the conversion candidates, tap [ 太郎 ]Input of "太郎 " is set.• When there are more than one candidate, display them by dragging the scroll bar. eInput field switch key When two or more input field (name, family name, address, etc.) exist in one screen, such as a registration screen for a contact, the input field can be changed while the free draw input screen is displayed.fMinimize key  Temporarily hides the keyboard.gEnd key Closes the free draw input screen.hConvert key Converts input characters.iLF/CR key Starts a new line.jSpace key A space is entered.kClear key Deletes a character entered.lDouble-byte key Double-byte characters and numbers can be entered.mcaps/↑key Capital letters and small letters are switched.nDate key Current date can be entered.oTime key Current time can be entered.Item DescriptionConversion candidates00M1000EN.book  445 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
446Entering Characters• When predict conversion function is set to ON, the conversion candidate predicted to follow the character decided in conversion candidate area is displayed. • Tap END key to end the entry.• To continue entering characters, tap a key you are entering.NOTE• Following operations are also available:- Entering a fixed phrase 3 P472- Entering a symbol 3 P473- Entering a face mark 3 P474- Deleting an entered character 3 P476- Searching a dictionary 3 P475• The maximum number of characters that can be converted at once is 32 characters.Qwerty KeyboardWhen the input method is set to "Qwerty keyboard", following keyboards will be displayed by tapping $$ on the Status bar in the situation of entering characters.Item DescriptionaInput method switch key A menu is displayed, and input method can be switched.bNumber of characters The number of confirmed characters/maximum number available for character input are displayed.cMove key The keyboard is moved to the upper part/lower part of the touch screen.dDictionary key A dictionary search is performed.Hiragana/kanji input mode Alphabet/numeric input modeNumeric input mode00M1000EN.book  446 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
447Entering Characters• To switch the input mode, tap either [Kanji]/[Alphabet]/[Numeric] key from each input mode keyboard.• Tap [Symbol] to display the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary. 3 P472• List of symbols and special characters 3 P521• List of fixed phrases 3 P522Qwerty keyboardEntering Characters Using Qwerty KeyboardWith a Qwerty keyboard, characters that can be entered are displayed on the keyboard. Tap directly on a target character to input, and if necessary, switch the input mode by tapping the input mode key. However, even if the input mode is switched to kanji, hiragana would not show on the keyboard. When entering hiragana/kanji from the Qwerty keyboard, use the Roman character entry method.• The input method must be set to "Qwerty keyboard" beforehand. 3 P492<Example: when entering "太郎" in Name of a contact >aTap Name field in a contact y tap $$ on the Status bar• How to operate 3 P99• When an input mode is other than hiragana/kanji mode, tap [Kanji].bEnter " たろう "cFrom the conversion candidates, tap [ 太郎 ]eInput filed switch key When two or more input fields (name, family name, address, etc.) exist in one screen, such as a registration screen for a contact, the input field can be changed while the free draw input screen is displayed.fMinimize key  Temporarily hides the keyboard.gEnd key Closes the free draw input screen.hConvert key Converts input characters.iLF/CR key Starts a new line.jSpace key A space is entered.kClear key Deletes a character entered.lDouble-byte key Double-byte characters and numbers can be entered.mcaps/↑key  Capital letters and small letters are switched.nDate key Current date can be entered. Tapping [caps]/[↑] will switch to Date key, and current date can be entered.Item DescriptionRoman character entry is used.• To enter "た": tap [t] 3 [a]• To enter "ろ": tap [r] 3 [o]• To enter "う": tap [u]Conversion candidates00M1000EN.book  447 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
448Entering CharactersInput of "太郎" is set.• When there are more than one candidate, display them by dragging the scroll bar. • When predict conversion function is set to ON, the conversion candidate predicted to follow the character decided in conversion candidate area is displayed. • Tap END key to end the entry.• To continue entering characters, tap a key you are entering.NOTE• Following operations are also available:- Entering a fixed phrase 3 P472- Entering a symbol 3 P473- Entering a face mark 3 P474- Deleting an entered character 3 P476- Searching a dictionary 3 P475• The maximum number of characters that can be converted at once is 32 characters.• List of Roman character entries 3 P523Entering a Fixed PhraseFixed phrases can be entered by selecting from 5 categories. • This can be used from all input methods.aWhile entering characters, tap [Mark]bTap a category of a phrase you are enteringcTap a fixed phrase to enterThe phrase is entered.• Tap $$ $$ to scroll up and down the list of fixed phrases.Category names of fixed phrases• Selections can be made from the categories of "General", "Reply", "Business", "Private" and "English".• Tap [Back] to go back to the screen for switching between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.00M1000EN.book  448 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
449Entering CharactersNOTE• List of fixed phrases3 P522Entering a SymbolDouble-byte/single-byte symbols and special characters can be selected for entries.• This can be used from all input methods.aWhile entering characters, tap [Mark]bTap the type of symbolscTap a symbol to enterA symbol is entered.• Tap $$ $$ to scroll up and down the list of symbols.NOTE• List of symbols and special characters 3 P521Entering a Face MarkA "Face mark" which expresses a face by using symbols and alphabet characters can be entered. • This can be used from all input methods.aWhile entering characters, enter " かお "Face marks are displayed as for conversion candidates.Types of symbols• A type of symbol can be selected from "Mark", "Mark" and Particular". • Tap [All] to select from all double-byte/single-byte symbols, special characters and kanji characters.• Tap [Back] to go back to the screen for switching between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.00M1000EN.book  449 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
450Entering Characters• The following face marks are displayed as for conversion candidates.bTap a face mark to enterA face mark is entered.Simple Entry of an Email AddressStrings of fixed form used for email or internet address, such as a domain name (that follows after @) of an email address, can be entered. • This can be used from all input methods.aWhile entering characters, tap [Mark]bTap [Web] from the screen for switching between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionarycTap a string to enterThe string is entered.• Tap $$ $$ to scroll up and down the list of symbols.NOTE• List of fixed phrases3 P522(-_-) (-.-) (+_+) (*_*)(-_-;) (..) (._.) (._.)_(;_;) (>_<) (@_@) (T_T)(^.^) (^O_O^) (^O^) (^^)(^^ゞ(^_-) (^_^) (^_^;)(^o^) (^Ο^) (_) (~_~)(~_~;) (~o~) )^O^( >^_^<^/^ ^^; ^_^; _(._.)_m(_)m• Tap [Back] to go back to the screen for switching between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.00M1000EN.book  450 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
451Entering CharactersEntering Characters from DictionaryA lemmatized search can be performed from a dictionary by selecting a string from the entered text. It is convenient to check the meaning, a declensional kana ending, etc. of the selected string. Furthermore, the searched contents can also be copied.• This can be used from all input methods.Dictionary Search while Entering Characters with Direct Input MethodAfter setting the character input method to "Kana keyboard", "Qwerty keyboard" or "handwriting", a dictionary search is performed while entering characters.aDrag a string for a dictionary search from the entering textThe cursor hits the specified area.bTap $$cTap a dictionary search key of a dictionary you are usingA search begins, and related direction words are displayed in direction word display area.• A dictionary can be selected from "national language", "Japanese-English" or "English-Japanese".dTap a target direction word from the direction word display areaThe explanation of the selected direction word is displayed in the search result display area. • Tap [Copy] to copy the contents displayed in the search result display area. Drag a string in the search result display area, and tap [Copy] to copy the specified string. Tap [Paste] to paste the copied content in the decided character display area.• Tap [Back] to end the dictionary search.Dictionary Search while Entering Characters with Indirect Input MethodAfter setting the character input method to "Multi Tap" or "Two Tap", a dictionary search is performed while entering characters. aDrag a string for a dictionary search from the entering textThe cursor hits the specified area.Dictionary search screenDecided character display areaDirection word display areaSearch result display areaDictionary search key00M1000EN.book  451 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
452Entering CharactersbTap [Mark]cTap [Dictionary] y perform a dictionary searchSubsequent operations are the same as dictionary search for a direct input method.• How to operate3 P475Deleting CharactersEntered characters can be deleted one at a time or several at once. Also, a range for deletion can be specified.1When deleting one character a timeIn the display area, tap the right side of a character you want to delete to bring the cursor there, and tap [Clear] 1When deleting all characters entered• Tap the right side of the last character to bring the cursor there, and point [Clear] for more than one secondThe screen for switching between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary00M1000EN.book  452 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
453Entering Characters• Drag on entered characters, and tap [Clear]1When deleting all characters beyond specified locationTap the left side of the first character of the string you want to delete to bring the cursor there, and point [Clear] for more than one second1When deleting by specifying the areaDrag on the string you are deleting, and tap [Clear]Entering Characters with HandwritingWith handwriting, a character is entered in the free draw input screen by directly writing on the touch screen with the Stylus.• It is necessary to set the input method to "Handwriting" beforehand. 3 P49200M1000EN.book  453 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
454Entering CharactersHandwriting Input ScreenWhen the input method is set to "free draw input", following input screen will display by tapping $$ on the Status bar in the situation of entering characters.• Tap [Mark] to display the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary. 3 P472• List of symbols and special characters 3 P521• List of fixed phrases 3 P522Entering CharactersThe input method for entering characters with handwriting input is explained.Item DescriptionaInput method switch key A menu is displayed, and input method can be switched.bNumber of characters The number of confirmed characters/maximum number available for character input are displayed.cMove key The free draw input screen is moved to the upper part/lower part of the touch screen.dDictionary key A dictionary search is performed.eInput field switch key When two or more input fields (name, family name, address, etc.) exist in one screen, such as a registration screen for a contact, the input field can be changed with having the free draw input screen displayed.fMinimize key  Temporarily hides the keyboard.gEnd key Closes the free draw input screen.hRecognition mode tab Switches the mode which recognizes the type of character entered with free draw.iHelp key Displays the help for free draw input.jMaximize/standard key The size of free draw input area can be switched between enlarged size and standard size. kInput area  A character is entered with free draw.lInput area switch key A continuation of the input area current entering is displayed.mSymbol key A screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary is displayed.nConvert key Converts input characters.oNew-line key A new line is started.pSpace key A space is entered.qClear key Deletes a character entered.00M1000EN.book  454 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
455Entering Characters<Example: when entering "太郎" in Name of a contact>aTap Name field in a contact y tap $$ on the Status bar• How to operate 3 P99bWrite " たろう "in the input area cFrom the conversion candidates, tap [ 太郎 ]Input of "太郎" is set.• When there are more than one candidate, display them by dragging the scroll bar.• When predict conversion function is set to ON, the conversion candidate predicted to follow the character decided in conversion candidate area is displayed.• Tap END key to end the entry.• To continue entering characters, write a character in the input area.1When changing the character which has not been recognized correctlyWhen a character is entered in the input area, the bottom right of the input area displays as following, and by tapping it will display the candidates for the entered character.If a target character exists in the candidates, tap the character for a conversion.If a target character does not exist in the candidates, tap $$ and rewrite the character.• In the input area and for the candidates, the recognized characters are classified and displayed in the following colors. When the character type currently displayed is unclear, it can also be judged by its color.• Hiragana: Pink• Alphabet: Green• Kanji: Yellow• Number: Light-blue• Katakana: Purple • Symbol: OrangeConversion candidates00M1000EN.book  455 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
456Entering CharactersNOTE• Following operations are also available:- Entering a fixed phrase 3 P472- Entering a symbol 3 P473- Entering a face mark 3 P474- Deleting an entered character 3 P476- Searching a dictionary 3 P475• When a character entered in standard mode could not be recognized correctly, or is hard to recognize, we recommend you to change the mode that corresponds to the character entered (kana mode or alphanumeric mode). • A character would be more easily recognized by writing it large within the frame. • The maximum number of characters that can be converted at once is 32 characters.Save PhrasesEditing/Registering Fixed PhrasesBy registering frequently used greetings and phrases, they can be entered quickly by just selecting a fixed phrase.• When Master Clear is performed, the registered fixed phrases are all deleted, and it will return to the default state. Registering a New Fixed PhraseA fixed phrase is registered.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector Bar, tap "Handset" tab y Text input on the Control Panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Edit Template on Preferences screenbTap the Category and select a category where you are registering• Selections can be made from the categories of "General", "Reply", "Business", "Private" "English" and "Internet".• Maximum of 20 fixed phrases can be registered for each category.Fixed phrase edit screenCategory: Switches the category of fixed phrases.00M1000EN.book  456 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
457Entering CharacterscTap [Add]dEnter a phrase y Tap [Settings]The phrase is registered.• Regardless of double-byte/single-byte, the maximum number of characters that can be entered is 32.Editing the Default Fixed PhrasesA registered fixed phrase is edited.aDisplay the fixed phrase edit screen• How to operate 3 P480bTap the Category and select a category of the fixed phrase you are making a change• Selections can be made from the categories of "General", "Reply", "Business", "Private" "English" and "Internet".cTap the fixed phrase you are editing y tap [Change]dEdit the phrase y tap [Settings]The fixed phrase is edited.• Up to 32 double-byte/single-byte characters can be entered is 32.• Tap [Cancel] to stop editing the fixed phrase.Deleting a Fixed PhraseRegistered fixed phrases can be deleted one at a time.aDisplay the fixed phrase edit screen• How to operate 3 P480bTap the Category and select a category of the fixed phrase you are deleting• Selections can be made from the categories of "General", "Reply", "Business", "Private" "English" and "Internet".Sentence : Entered the phrase to be registered.00M1000EN.book  457 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
458Entering CharacterscTap the fixed phrase you are deleting y tap [Delete]dTap [Yes]The fixed phrase will be deleted.• Tap [No] to cancel the deletion.Character copyCopying/Cutting and Pasting CharactersCharacters and numbers such as from notes or messages can be copied or cut, and pasted on another character input screen.Copying/Cutting CharactersSpecify the range of text to copy/cut in Notes etc., display the screen to paste and paste.When a copy is performed, the original copied content remains and the same content is pasted to the pasted location. Moreover, when a cut is performed, the original copied content is lost, and the copied content is pasted to the pasted location.aDisplay the screen to perform Copy/CutbDrag and specify the range of string to copy/cutcTap Edit on the Menu bar y tap Copy/CutSelected range will be copied/cut.• Tap Copy to copy the selected range.• Tap Cut to cut the selected range.The specified area will be highlighted.Edit screen of Notes00M1000EN.book  458 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
459Entering CharactersNOTE• Depending on application, it is not necessary to specify the range to perform a copy/cut. For examples, calculation result of a calculator and a phone number entered in the phone number entry screen are copied as the way they are. • Depending on application, the item names for Copy/Paste displayed on a menu bar may differ, or they may be displayed at different place than the menu bar.1Copy/Cut and Paste operationsFor screens displayed such as when entering a keyword for a search, a menu can be displayed from other than a menu bar to perform Copy/Cut and Paste.Pasting a CharacterA content copied/cut is pasted.aDisplay a screen to paste a copied/cut contentbTap on the place to specify the position to pastecTap Edit on the Menu bar y tap PasteA content copied/cut is pasted.Tap $$ beside the title to display the menu.Search screen for NotesTap $$ beside the title to display the menu.The cursor moves to the location where the paste is performed.00M1000EN.book  459 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
460Entering CharactersNOTE• Depending on application, it is not necessary to specify the range to perform a copy/cut. For examples, calculation result of a calculator and a phone number entered in the phone number entry screen are copied as the way they are. • Depending on application, the item names for Paste displayed on a Menu bar may differ, or they may be displayed at different place than the Menu bar.Save wordRegistering Frequently Used WordsBy registering frequently used names and words in the user dictionary, they can be displayed as conversion candidates at a character conversion, and can be entered quickly.• When Master Clear is performed, the registered words are all deleted.Registering a New WordA word is registered in the user dictionary. • Up to 100 words can be registered.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control Panel screen, and tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screenbTap [Add]cTap Reading y Enter a readingReading : A reading of the word to register is entered.Word : A word to register is entered.Word edit screen00M1000EN.book  460 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
461Entering Characters• Regardless of double-byte/single-byte, the maximum number of characters that can be entered for the combination of Reading and Word is 11. dTap Word y Enter a word• Regardless of double-byte/single-byte, the maximum number of characters that can be entered for the combination of Reading and Word is 11.eSap [Settings]The word is registered.• Tap [Cancel] to stop registering. Editing a Registered WordA word registered in the user dictionary is edited.aDisplay the word edit screen• How to operate 3 P484bTap the word you are editing y tap [Change]cTap the field you want to edit y edit the Reading/Word• Regardless of double-byte/single-byte, the maximum number of characters that can be entered for the combination of Reading and Word is 11.dTap [Settings]The word is edited.Deleting a Registered WordA word registered in the user dictionary is deleted one at a time.aDisplay a word edit screen• How to operate 3 P484bTap the word you are deleting y tap [Delete]cTap [Yes]The word is deleted.• Tap [No] to cancel the deletion.00M1000EN.book  461 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
462Entering CharactersUsing Electronic DictionarySettings and registration for the dictionary installed in FOMA handset are performed.Setting to Perform a Dictionary Search Automatically at a Conversion You can set it so that when a character entered is converted, conversion candidates are searched from the dictionary and displayed. Also, the type of dictionary used for the search can be set. aTap $$ y $$ at the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Dictionary search at conversion on Preferences screenbTap $$ at the field of Use dictionary searchcTap $$ of the dictionary used for the searchIt is set so that a dictionary search is performed at conversion, and the dictionary used for the search is selected.Adding a DictionaryDictionaries installed to FOMA handset from the attached CD-ROM can be added as the dictionaries used at a character conversion. Also, setting the priority for a dictionary search and deleting added dictionaries can be performed. • Up to 64 dictionaries can be registered.Use dictionary search: Sets so that a dictionary search is performed when a character is converted. National language dictionary: National language dictionary is added to the dictionary used for the search.Japanese-English dictionary: Japanese-English dictionary is added to the dictionary used for the search.• Tap $$ $$ on the tab display area to switch the tab display between left and right. 00M1000EN.book  462 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
463Entering CharactersaTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Additional Dictionary tab on Preferences screenbTap in the order from $$ of the dictionary to add y [Add]cTap [Settings]The dictionary is added.Setting the Priority of Dictionary SearchIf there are two or more dictionaries added, the priority for dictionary search can be set up.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Tex t input from the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Additional Dictionary tab on Preferences screenDictionaries installed are displayed.• Unless $$ of the dictionary is tapped, the installed dictionary cannot be used.00M1000EN.book  463 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
464Entering CharactersbTap [Priority]cTap the dictionary moving the priority y tap [ ▲]/[ ▼]dTap [Set]The priority is set. Deleting an Added DictionaryA dictionary added for search at conversion is set not to be used.• A dictionary installed will not be erased.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Additional Dictionary tab from Preferences screenbTap [Delete] y [Yes]The dictionary is set not to be used.Setting the Saving Method of User Dictionary and Learning DictionaryUser dictionary and learning dictionary stored in FOMA handset can be set so that they are automatically backed up in Trans Flash memory card. 00M1000EN.book  464 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
465Entering CharactersaTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Save Dictionary tab on Preferences screenbTap $$ at the field of Save automaticallycTap $$ of Once a day/When closing keyboard at field of Saving cycleReturning the Learning Dictionary to the Default StateLearned information stored in the user dictionary can be reset to default state. aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Learning tab on Preferences screenbTap [Clear learning information] y [Yes]The learned information will be deleted.• Tap [No] to cancel the deletion of the learning information.Save automatically: Sets whether or not to save the dictionary automatically. Saving cycle Once a day : Saves when the first character input screen displayed in a day is closed. When closing keyboard: Saves when the character input screen is closed.• Tap $$ $$ at the tab display area to switch the tab display between left and right.• Tap $$ $$ on the tab display area to switch the tab display between left and right.00M1000EN.book  465 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
466Entering Characters1Learning InformationA converted content of a character input by the user is stored in the user dictionary in FOMA handset, and when the same character is entered and converted again, it will be displayed as one of the conversion candidates.Setting the Detail of Character EntryThe settings related to character input, such as the usage of predict conversion function and the input mode when the character entry screen is activated are set. Setting the Input System The input system of FOMA handset can be changed to other input systems. • Other input systems are not installed in the FOMA handset by default. This operation can be performed only when other input system is installed.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, and tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screenbTap Primary input method y select an input systemAn input system is set.• Tap [Default] to reset the input system back to the default state.Setting Alternative Input MethodThe alternative input method for the FOMA handset can be changed. • No other alternative input system is installed in the FOMA handset by default. This operation can be performed only when another input system is installed.Default setting AWnn Japanese keyboardDefault setting None00M1000EN.book  466 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
467Entering CharactersaTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, and tap Alternative on the text input setup screenbTap Alternative input method y select an alternative input systemAn alternative input system is selected.• Tap [Default] to reset the changed alternative input method back to the default state.Using Predict Conversion FunctionWhether to use the predict conversion function or not at the conversion of a character can be set. aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Predict conversion tab on Preferences screenbTap $$ at Use Predict conversionThe Predict conversion function is set.Setting the Input Mode at the Time of ActivationThe input mode displayed when the text input screen is displayed can be set up beforehand.Default setting Use predict conversion: $$• Tap $$ $$ on the tab display area to switch the tab display between left and right.00M1000EN.book  467 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
468Entering CharactersaTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input from the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] from Text input setup screen, and tap Input mode at activation tab from Preferences screenbTap $$ of the input mode you are using at At activationThe input mode at activation is set. Setting the Display Format of Date and TimeThe display format of a date and time inputted by tapping a specific key can be set for each input mode beforehand. aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input on the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Date and time tab on Preferences screenHiragana input: Sets hiragana as the input mode to be always displayed.Single-byte alphabet input: Sets single-byte alphabet as the input mode to be always displayed.System setup : Sets so that the input mode corresponding to the contents of an input may be displayed automatically.• Tap $$ $$ at the tab display area to switch the tab display between left and right.Hiragana input: Sets the display format of a date and time at hiragana input mode.Single-byte kana input: Sets the display format of a date and time at single-byte kana input mode.Double-byte alphabet input: Sets the display format of a date and time at double-byte alphabet input mode.Single-byte alphabet input: Sets the display format of a date and time at single-byte alphabet input mode.• Tap $$ $$ on the tab display area to switch the tab display between left and right.00M1000EN.book  468 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
469Entering CharactersbTap $$ of the input mode you are setting y [Change]cTap the field to set, and select a display formatdTap [Set] The display formats of date and time for the selected input mode are set up.NOTE• Input method of Date and Time 3 P468, P470, P496, P500Setting Details for HandwritingThe recognition speed of a free draw input, the width of the pen, and the color of the pen can be set up. Also, My symbol that inputs a character string by just entering a simple sign can be set.Registering My SymbolA setting can be made for registering strings to be converted just by entering a Symbol, such as a simple sign or mark.• Up to 30 symbols can be registered.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Tex t input from the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, and tap Handwriting tab y [Handwriting settings] on Preferences screenbWrite a symbol at the symbol fieldDrag and draw a symbol to register within the frame.Date : Selects the display format for Date.Time : Selects the display format for Time.• Tap $$ to display the help for handwriting.Symbol fieldRegistration text field00M1000EN.book  469 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
470Entering Characters• Tap [Clear] below the symbol field to delete and rewrite the symbolcTap a registration text column y enter a text• Tap [Clear] below the registration text field to delete a text.Setting the Recognition Speed of Free Draw and Width/Color of Characters The recognition speed of free draw can be set. Also thickness and color of characters entered with free draw can be set. aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input from the Control panel screen, tap [Advanced] on Text input setup screen, tap Handwriting tab y [Handwriting settings] from Preferences screen, and tap Others tab on Decuma Settings screenbTap $$ of the speed you are setting at Recognition timeout• By setting the recognition speed faster, characters entered by free draw with fast drag operation can be recognized. cTap $$ of the width you are setting at sizedTap $$ of the color you are setting at Pen coloreTap [Done]The recognition timeout, width and size/color of the pen are set.Indirect input methodEntering Characters with Indirect Input MethodFOMA handset has two indirect input methods "Multi Tap" and "Two Tap". By setting up an input method beforehand, each input screen (keyboard) can be displayed at the time of a character input. 3 P492Recognition timeout: Selects the drag speed that can be recognized.Pen size : Selects the width of the pen.Pen color : Selects the color of the pen.00M1000EN.book  470 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
471Entering CharactersMulti Tap/Two Tap KeyboardWhen the input method is set as Multi Tap or Two Tap, following keyboard will display by tapping $$ on the Status bar when a character is entered. For the procedure for Multi Tap and Two Tap, please refer to each explanation. 3 P495, P500• In order to switch an input mode, tap [Character] at the keyboard of each input mode, and from the screen that switches input mode, tap one of the keys from [kanji]/[Kata]/[Abc]/[Abc]/[Eng]/[Num].• Tap [Mark] to display the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary. 3 P472• List of symbols and special characters 3 P521• List of fixed phrases 3 P522Multi TapEntering a Character with Multi TapWith Multi Tap, a keyboard with two or more characters assigned to one key is displayed as a character input screen. In order to enter a character, tap the key where a character is assigned multiple times until that character is displayed. • The input method needs to be set as Multi Tap beforehand. 3 P492Item DescriptionaInput method switch key A menu is displayed, and input method can be switched.bName The name of the character input field is displayed.cMinimize key  Temporarily hides the keyboard.dInput field switch key When two or more input field (name, family name, address, etc.) exist in one screen, such as a registration screen for a contact, the input field can be changed with having the keyboard displayed. eEnd key Closes the keyboard. fDisplay area Characters entered/decided are displayed.gConversion candidate areaConversion candidates for characters entered are displayed.hScroll arrow When conversion candidates cannot all fit in the display, tap the arrow to scroll up and down to display the rest of the candidates. iNumber of characters The number of decided characters/maximum available character input is displayed.Hiragana input mode00M1000EN.book  471 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
472Entering CharactersKeyboard Display and Character Assignments for Each Input ModeFollowing are the keyboard display and character assignments for each input mode. Whenever a key is tapped where the character entering is assigned, the character on the key changes.1Input mode: hiragana1Input mode: single-byte katakanaKeyboard displayCharacters assignedあ3あ3い3う3え3お3ぁ3ぃ3ぅ3ぇ3ぉ3か3か3き3く3け3こ3さ3さ3し3す3せ3そ3た3た3ち3つ3て3と3っ3な3な3に3ぬ3ね3の3は3は3ひ3ふ3へ3ほ3ま3ま3み3む3め3も3や3や3ゆ3よ3ゃ3ゅ3ょ3ら3ら3り3る3れ3ろ3わ3わ3を3ん3ゎ3*3 、3 。3 − 3 ? 3 ! 3 & 3 " 3 「 3 」 3 ・ 3( 3 ) 3# *1, *2 3 (double-byte space) 3 (Date*3) 3 (Time*3) 3Character Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Convert Converts a character entered. Clear Deletes a character entered.Keyboard displayCharacters assignedア3ア3イ3ウ3エ3オ3ァ3ィ3ゥ3ェ3ォ3カ3カ3キ3ク3ケ3コ3サ3サ3シ3ス3セ3ソ3タ3タ3チ3ツ3テ3ト3ッ3ナ3ナ3ニ3ヌ3ネ3ノ3ハ3ハ3ヒ3フ3ヘ3ホ3マ3マ3ミ3ム3メ3モ3ヤ3ヤ3ユ3ヨ3ャ3ュ3ョ3ラ3ラ3リ3ル3レ3ロ3ワ3ワ3ヲ3ン3*3 、 3 。 3 - 3 ? 3 ! 3 & 3 " 3 「 3 」 3 ・ 3 ( 3 ) 3#*2 3 ゙ 3 ゚ 3 (single-byte space) 3 (Date*3) 3 (Time*3) 3Character Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Clear Deletes a character entered.00M1000EN.book  472 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
473Entering Characters1Input mode: single-byte alphabet1Input mode: double-byte alphabet1Input mode: single-byte numberKeyboard displayCharacters assigned112ABC 3a3b3c3A3B3C32 33DEF 3d3e3f3D3E3F33 3 4GHI 3g3h3i3G3H3I34 35JKL 3j3k3l3J3K3L35 36MNO 3m3n3o3M3N3O3637PQRS 3 P3q3r3s3 P3Q3R3S37 38TUV 3t3u3v3T3U3V3839WXYZ 3w3x3y3z3W3X3Y3Z393 00*3 . 3 @ 3 _ 3 - 3 / 3 ? 3 ! 3 & 3 ' 3 " 3 : 3 ; 3 ~ 3#*2 3 (single-byte space) 3 (Date*3) 3 (Time*3) 3 .co.jp 3 .com 3 .net 3 .ne.jp 3 .or.jp 3 http:// 3 www. 3 @docomo.ne.jp 3Character Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Clear Deletes a character entered.Keyboard displayCharacters assigned112ABC 3a3b3c3A3B3C3233DEF 3d3e3f3D3E3F3334GHI 3g3h3i3G3H3I3435JKL 3j3k3l3J3K3L353 6MNO 3m3n3o3M3N3O3637PQRS 3 P3q3r3s3 P3Q3R3S373 8TUV 3t3u3v3T3U3V3839WXYZ 3w3x3z3W3X3Y3Z39300*3 . 3 @ 3 _ 3 ― 3 / 3 ? 3 ! 3 & 3 ' 3 " 3 : 3 ; 3 ~ 3# *2 3 (double-byte space) 3 (Date*3) 3 (Time*3) 3Character Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Clear Deletes a character entered.Keyboard display Characters assigned11223300M1000EN.book  473 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
474Entering Characters*1: Voiced sound and semi-voiced sound can be added (Only the characters that can add them). Each time you tap, it will switch as: "3 ゛(voiced sound)3 ゜(semi-voiced sound) 3 none 3 ". *2: Will start a new line by pointing it for more than 1 second,*3: Date and Time can be entered by set display format. 3 P492Entering a CharacterThe method to enter a character with Multi Tap is explained.<Example: when entering "太郎" in Name of a contact >aTap in the order by Name in a contact y $$ at the Status bar• How to operate 3 P99bEnter " たろう "cFrom the conversion candidates, tap [太郎 ]Input of "太郎" is set.• When predict conversion function is set to ON, the conversion candidate predicted to follow the character decided in conversion candidate area is displayed.• Tap END key to end the entry.44556677889900**##Character Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Others 3 (double-byte space) 3 (New-line) 3 : 3 / 3. 3, 3Clear Deletes a character entered.• To enter "た":Tap "た" once• To enter "ろ":Tap "ら" five times• To enter "う":Tap "あ" three timesKeyboard display Characters assigned00M1000EN.book  474 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
475Entering Characters• To continue entering characters, tap a key where the character you are entering is assigned.• For a character input, please refer to "Keyboard display and character assignments for each input mode" 3 P496NOTE• Following operations are also available:- Entering a fixed phrase 3 P472- Entering a symbol 3 P473- Entering a face mark 3 P474- Deleting an entered character 3 P476- Searching a dictionary 3 P475• The maximum number of characters that can be converted at once is 32 characters.Determining the Characters Entered with Multi Tap AutomaticallyYou can setup for the cursor to move automatically to the next input position and wait for an input after each character is entered by multi-taps. When entering a character assigned to the same key continuously, the operation to tap the right side of the entered character to move the cursor becomes unnecessary.aTap $$ y $$ at the Application Selector bar, tap Handset tab y Text input from the Control Panel screen, tap [Advanced] from Text input setup screen, and tap Multi Tap tab from Preferences screenbTap $$ at the field of Determine automaticallycTap $$ of the speed to set for Determining cycleCharacters entered by Multi Tap are set to be determined automatically.Two TapEntering a Character with Two TapWith Two Tap, a keyboard with two or more characters assigned to one key is displayed as a character input screen. In order to enter a character, tap the key where a character to input is assigned, display the selection screen for the assigned character, and tap the character to input. • The input method needs to be set as Two Tap beforehand.3 P492Default setting Determine automatically $$:Determine automatically: Sets to automatically determine entered characters.Determining cycle: Selects the speed to determine.00M1000EN.book  475 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
476Entering CharactersKeyboard Display and Character Assignments for Each Input ModeFollowing are the keyboard display and character assignments for each input mode. Tap a key where the character entering is assigned, and a selection screen for assigned character is displayed. 1Input mode: hiragana1Input mode: single-byte katakanaKeyboard display Characters assignedあ あ い う え お ぁ ぃ ぅ ぇ ぉ ヴか か き く け こ が ぎ ぐ げ ごさ さ し す せ そ ざ じ ず ぜ ぞた た ち つ て と だ ぢ づ で ど っな な に ぬ ね のは は ひ ふ へ ほ ば び ぶ べ ぼ ぱ ぴ ぷ ぺ ぽま ま み む め もや や ゆ よ ゃ ゅ ょら ら り る れ ろわ わ を ん ゎ*、 。 - ? & " 「 」 ・ ( )# $$(double-byte space) $$(New-line) Date TimeCharacter Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Convert Converts a character entered.Clear Deletes a character entered.Keyboard display Characters assignedア ア イ ウ エ オ ァ ィ ゥ ェ ォ ヴカ カ キ ク ケ コ ガ ギ グ ゲ ゴサ サ シ ス セ ソ ザ ジ ズ ゼ ゾタ タ チ ツ テ ト ダ ヂ ヅ デ ド ッナ ナ ニ ヌ ネ ノハ ハ ヒ フ ヘ ホ バ ビ ブ ベ ボ パ ピ プ ペ ポマ マ ミ ム メ モヤ ヤ ユ ヨ ャ ュ ョラ ラ リ ル レ ロワワ ヲ ン* 、 。 - ? ! & " 「 」 ・ ( )# $$(single-byte space) $$(New-line) Date TimeCharacter Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Clear Deletes a character entered.00M1000EN.book  476 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
477Entering Characters1Input mode: single-byte alphabet1Input mode: double-byte alphabet1Input mode: single-byte numberKeyboard display Characters assigned112ABC A B C 2 a b c3DEF D E F 3 d e f4GHI G H I 4 g h i5JKL J K L 5 j k l6MNO M N O 6 m n o7PQRS P Q R S 7 p q r s8TUV T U V 8 t u v9WXYZ W X Y Z 9 w x y z00* .  ,  ?  !  -  &  '  "  :  ;  @  ~  /# $$(single-byte space) $$(New-line) Date Time .co.jp .com .net .ne.jp .or.jp http:// www. @docomo.ne.jpCharacter Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Clear Deletes a character entered.Keyboard display Characters assigned112ABC A B C 2 a b c3DEF D E F 3 d e f4GHI G H I 4 g h i5JKL J K L 5 j k l6MNO M N O 6 m n o7PQRS P Q R S 7 p q r s8TUV T U V 8 t u v9WXYZ W X Y Z 9 w x y z00*. , ? ! ― & ' " : ; @ ∼ /# $$(double-byte space) $$(New-line) Date TimeCharacter Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Clear Deletes a character entered.Keyboard display Characters assigned11223300M1000EN.book  477 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
478Entering Characters44556677889900**##Character Displays the screen that switches the input mode.Symbol Displays the screen that switches between symbols, fixed phrases and dictionary.Others $$(single-byte space) $$(New-line) : / . , Clear Deletes a character entered.Keyboard display Characters assigned00M1000EN.book  478 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
479Entering CharactersEntering a CharacterThe method to enter a character with Two Tap is explained.<Example: when entering "太郎" in Name field of a contact>aTap the Name field in a contact y $$ at the Status bar• How to operate 3 P99bTap [ た]cTap [ た]"た" is entered. Enter "ろう" the same way.• To enter "ろ": Tap in the order by [ら] 3 [ろ]• To enter "う": Tap in the order by [あ] 3[う]dFrom the conversion candidates, tap [ 太郎 ]Input of "太郎 " is set.• When predict conversion function is set to ON, the conversion candidate predicted to follow the character decided in conversion candidate area is displayed.• Tap END key to end the entry. • To continue entering characters, tap a key where the character you are entering is assigned.• For a character input, please refer to "Keyboard display and character assignments for each input mode" 3 P500NOTE• Following operations are also available:- Entering a fixed phrase 3 P472- Entering a symbol 3 P473- Entering a face mark 3 P474- Deleting an entered character 3 P476- Searching a dictionary 3 P475• The maximum number of characters that can be converted at once is 32 characters.A selection screen with the characters assigned to [た] key is displayed.00M1000EN.book  479 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
00M1000EN.book  480 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
481Overseas Use"WORLD WING" International Roaming Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482Services Available Outside Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483Before Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484Making Calls  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487Answering Calls  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490Switching Networks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491Setting Operations in Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4911International Roaming1Making/Answering Calls from Overseas1Settings for Overseas Use00M1000EN.book  481 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
482Overseas Use"WORLD WING" International Roaming ServiceInternational roaming is a service that makes telephone and other types of communications available from overseas, which is outside of the FOMA network service area, by using affiliated operators' networks. The international roaming service allows subscribers to use their FOMA handsets to make telephone communication including voice and video calls*2, and email, Short Message Service (SMS) and packet communication in about 220*1 countries and regions around the world.*1: As of XX 2004*2: As of XX 2004, videophone communication is available when you and the other parties are using DoCoMo (Japan), Hutchison 3G UK (United kingdom.) or Hutchison 3G HK (Hong Kong). For details, visit the DoCoMo website.• Use of the international roaming service requires a subscription to "WORLD WING," the international roaming service provided by DoCoMo. In addition, a UIM (green) made available for WORLD WING must be attached to the FOMA handset.• A UIM (blue) must be switched with a UIM (green). • When you purchase a subscription to WORLD WING at a DoCoMo information desk, the card will be exchanged free of charge. • Communication services and functions available depend on the network operator connected to. 3 P507• The communication system in Overseas networks to be applied are W-CDMA or GSM/GPRS.• By default, network switching for overseas use automatically takes place. 3 P515W-CDMA 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project)* is a global standard. A 3G mobile communication system is compliant to 3GPP.GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications)The 2nd generation mobile communication system in digital mode is most widely used around the world, especially in Europe and Asia.GPRS (General Packet Radio Service)The 2.5 generation mobile communication system is the communication method that enables high-speed packet communication through the GPRS* by utilizing GSM*: A regional standardization organization founded for the development of common technology specification relating to the 3G mobile communication system (IMT-2000).*: Packet communication with transmission speed of up to 115 kbps is available.00M1000EN.book  482 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
483Overseas UseServices Available Outside JapanServices AvailableThe following services are available outside Japan:*: Services that may be available depending on the network operator or network used.Communication Systems and Services AvailableServices and functions available differ between networks in Japan and overseas.Different communication systems and services available are as described below:Service DescriptionVoice call The phone number used in Japan can also be used for making and answering domestic calls in the country of stay and making international calls to Japan or other countries.Video call International videophone communication is available with subscribers of specific overseas 3G mobile operators or FOMA handset users in Japan.Email The email address used in Japan can also be used for email exchange from overseas.Short Message Service (SMS) The recipients' FOMA handset phone numbers can be used to exchange Short Message Service (SMS) messages between FOMA handset users from overseas.Packet communication Packet communication is available from overseas by connecting to PCs, etc.ServiceVoice call Video call Internet EmailPacket communicationShort Message Service (SMS)CommunicationsystemW-CDMA ○○○○○○GSM ○××××○GPRS○×○○○○00M1000EN.book  483 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
484Overseas Use  Before UseMake sure of the following before leaving Japan, in the country of stay and after coming back to Japan.Before Leaving JapanTo use your FOMA handset outside Japan, make sure of the following before leaving Japan.1SubscriptionA subscription to WORLD WING is required.• WORLD WING is an optional service that requires a separate subscription. No monthly charges apply.• A UIM (green) made available for WORLD WING must be attached to the FOMA handset for overseas use.1Battery chargingCheck the power supply voltage available in the country or region of stay and use the FOMA international AC adapter 01 (separately provided).• The AC adapter that comes with the handset is for domestic use only (100 VAC). An AC adapter suited to the voltage available in the place of stay is required.• Notes on use of AC adapter 3 P24• Charging the battery 3 P541Network servicesNetwork services may not be set/checked depending on the overseas network operator used. Some network services can be set/checked only in Japan. Whether network service operations can be performed or not is as described below:*: May not be set in some service areas.• For details, see "Network Service Operation Guide".• To perform voicemail or call forwarding operation from overseas, remote operation must be enabled in Japan in advance. 3 P516• Services that can be set may not be available depending on the network operator used or the region.Name of service Setting operationVoicemail Service Can be set.*Call Waiting Service Can be set.Call Forwarding Service Can be set.*Nuisance Call Blocking Service Can be set.*Dual Network Service Cannot be set.Caller ID Display Request Service Caller IDs may not be sent correctly.*English Announcement Can be set.*Caller ID Notification Can be set.*Drive Mode Can be set but no voice guidance available.English Announcement Can be set.*Roaming (roaming guidance) Can be set.*Roaming (incoming call barring when roaming) Can be set.00M1000EN.book  484 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
485Overseas UseViewing Information from Place of Stay1Display viewAn available network is automatically found and set, and available services such as voice or video call can be checked with icons that indicate the status of the network.NOTE• The indications are in green when the handset is in FOMA network service area.• The indications are in gray when the handset is outside of the area covered by the network.• The network can be manually selected for use. 3 P5151InquiriesFor inquiries about lost or stolen handsets, settlement of total charges or failure of handsets outside Japan, contact DoCoMo at the numbers shown in "For Inquires about Lost or Stolen Handsets or Settlement of Total Charges" or "About Failure" on the back cover of the manual.• The contact numbers must be prefixed with the code as shown in "International Phone Code for Universal Number (Table 1)" or "International Access Code (Table 2)" assigned to the place of stay. 3 P510The codes to prefix the contact numbers are as shown in the tables below: "International Phone Code for Universal Number (Table 1)" and "International Access Code (Table 2)."International Phone Code for Universal Number (Table 1)Area International phone codeArea International phone codeA Argentina 00 L Luxemburg 00Australia 0011 M Malaysia 00Austria 00 N New Zealand  00B Belgium 00 Norway 00Brazil 0021 P Philippines 00C Canada 011 S Singapore 001China 00 South Korea 001Columbia 009 Spain 00D Denmark 00 Sweden  00F France 00 Switzerland 00G Germany 00 T Taiwan  00H Hong Kong 001 Thailand  001Display Description$$ (Orange) Voice data can be exchanged through roaming.$$ (Orange) Voice data and still images can be exchanged through roaming.$$ (Orange) Voice data and images can be exchanged through roaming.00M1000EN.book  485 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
486Overseas UseMajor International Access Codes (Table 2)After Coming Back to JapanAfter you come back to Japan, your handset will automatically select to use the FOMA network. If your handset is set to use manual network selection, you must manually reset the handset to use the FOMA network. • The network can be manually selected for use. 3 P515NOTE• For overseas use, refer to "International Service Roaming Guide (XXX)" and "Network Service Operation Guide" together with this manual.• The Quick Reference Manual useful for referring to operations is provided on P000, which provides a convenient reference for overseas use of your FOMA handset.• Charges for overseas use will be added to the bill for monthly services. Be informed that the billing may be delayed about one month for reasons of overseas network operators.I Ireland 00 U U.K. 00Israel 014 U.S.A. 011Italy 00Area International phone codeArea International phone codeA Australia 0011 M Monaco 00B Belgium 00 N Netherlands 00Brazil 00 New Zealand  00C Canada 011 Norway  00China 00 P Philippines 00Czech 00 Poland 00D Denmark 00 Portugal 00F Finland 00/990 R Russia 810France 00 S Singapore 001G Germany 00 South Korea 001Greece 00 Spain  00H Hong Kong 001 Sweden  00Hungary 00 Switzerland 00I India 00 T Taiwan 002Indonesia 001 Thailand 001Ireland 00 Turkey 00Italy 00 U U.A.E. 00L Luxemburg 00 U.K. 00M Macao 00 U.S.A. 011Malaysia 00 V Vietnam 00Area International phone codeArea International phone code00M1000EN.book  486 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
487Overseas Use• If you have any problem about overseas use of your FOMA handset, see "Troubleshooting (for Overseas Use)". 3 P53Making CallsPhone calls from overseas to Japan or to other countries are international calls to Japan, etc. To make a call, prefix the phone number with "+" and the country code of the destination and enter the other party's phone number. When entering the phone number, remove "0" at the beginning of the area code. aTap $$ in the Application Selector barbEnter the other party's phone numberThe FOMA handset vibrates every time a key on the Enter phone number screen is tapped.• Point to [0] for 1+ seconds to enter "+".• Pause ("P"), Wait ("W"), "#" and "*" can be entered. 3 P731To call landline phones+ Country code - Area code with 0 removed - City code - Number• If the other party is a landline phone in Italy, "0" is required.1To call mobile phones+ Country code - 90 - XXXX - XXXX+ Country code - 80 - XXXX - XXXX1To call PHS phones+ Country code - 70 - XXXX - XXXXcTap [$$]• Tap [$$] to make a video call. 3 P861If you hear a busy signalThe line is busy. Press e and try again at a later time.The following operations can be performed:[0]~[9], [*], [#] : Use these keys to enter the phone number.[$$] : Deletes a digit in the phone number from the right. Pointing for 1+ seconds deletes all of the phone number entered.00M1000EN.book  487 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
488Overseas UsedTalk on the phoneePress e when you have finished your callThe line is cleared. The call duration is displayed.The following operations can be performed:[Mute]/[Unmute]: Tap this to switch between the mute and unmute settings. When the mute setting is active, the other party cannot hear your voice but you can hear the other party's voice.[$$]/[$$] : Tap this to set/release the touch screen lock. When the lock is active, all tapping operations other than $$ are disabled.[Hold]/[Resume]: Tap this to place a call on/off hold. The mute/unmute setting cannot be changed while a call is on hold.s: Press to enable/disable the speakerphone function.00M1000EN.book  488 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
489Overseas UseCountry codeCountry codes are as shown below:Making Calls within Country of StayTo make a call to a party in the country of stay, enter the other party's phone number and call in the same way as calls within Japan.• If the other party is also using international roaming, make a call in the same way as calls from overseas, even if the other party is in the same country. NOTE• Storing phone numbers including the other parties' country codes, etc. in the contact list will simplify the procedure of making international calls.• The Enter phone number screen can also be displayed by pressing e in idle state.• If your call did not get through, tap [$$Retry] on the screen to make another attempt to call the same number.• The view of the Enter phone number screen fields can be changed. 3 P139• The handset can be set not to show the call duration on the screen displayed while talking. 3 P135• An audible timer to notify you of the elapsed call time is available. 3 P128• The handset can be set not to answer incoming calls during international roaming. 3 P516• The handset can be set to play to a party who has attempted to call you during international roaming a message informing the caller that the call is being forwarded overseas 3 P517• Caller IDs may not be sent correctly.Country Code Country CodeA Australia 61 M Malaysia 60Austria 43 Monaco 377B Belgium 32 N Netherlands 31Brazil 55 New Zealand  64C Canada 1 Norway  47China 86 P Philippines 63Czech 420 Poland 48D Denmark 45 Portugal 351F Finland 358 Russia 7France 33 S Singapore 65G Germany 49 South Korea 82Greece 30 Spain  34H Hong Kong 852 Sweden  46Hungary 36 Switzerland 41I India 91 T Taiwan 886Indonesia 62 Thailand 66Ireland 353 Turkey  90Italy 39 U U.A.E. 971J Japan 81 U.K. 44L Luxemburg 352 U.S.A. 1M Macao 853 V Vietnam 8400M1000EN.book  489 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
490Overseas Use• Some overseas network operators may charge you for calls that did not get through due to communication conditions.• Some overseas network operators may charge you for calls to toll-free numbers.• When you use international videophone, the image of the other party displayed may be distorted or connection may not be established depending on the other party's handset. For details, visit the DoCoMo website.Answering CallsAnswer incoming phone calls with your FOMA handset when you are outside Japan.aA call arrivesThe ring tone sounds and the status LED flashes.• The vibrator can be enabled instead of the ring tone. 3 P126bTap [Answer]The call is answered.• If a video call arrives, tap [Answer] to answer the call with the camera image enabled. Tap [Privacy] to answer the call with the camera image disabled.• Tap [Reject] to hang up without answering the incoming call.• Operations during conversation are the same as described in Step 4 of "Making calls."cPress e when you have finished your callThe line is cleared. 1To access your FOMA handset overseas from JapanEntering your phone number in the same way as usual domestic calls allows a caller in Japan to make a call to your handset outside Japan, which you can answer.Enter "090-XXXX-XXXX" and press the Start keyOrEnter "080-XXXX-XXXX" and press the Start key1To access your FOMA handset overseas from countries other than JapanRegardless of the place of stay, entering your phone number prefixed with "+" and "81" (country code for Japan) and without the "0" at the beginning of the area code allows a caller to make a call to your handset, in the same way as overseas calls to Japan.Enter "+81-90-XXXX-XXXX" and press the Start keyOrEnter "+81-80-XXXX-XXXX" and press the Start keyNOTE• In some countries, you may be charged for calls that arrive during international roaming.• Calls that arrive while the line is busy can be automatically diverted to the Voicemail Service Center. 3 P375• Calls that arrive during international roaming are forwarded from Japan, regardless of the places of origin. The callers are charged for calls to Japan and the receivers for international forwarding.00M1000EN.book  490 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
491Overseas UseSwitching NetworksTo use your FOMA handset overseas, it is necessary to switch to a network available in the place of stay. By default, a network available will be automatically found and set. You can also select a network manually. • Network switching must take place in a country where you use your FOMA handset.• Network cannot be switched while Self mode is active.aTap $$ in the Application Selector bar, and tap Settings y Network on the Menu bar on the Phone number entry screenbTap Band and select a frequency bandcTap Registration preference, and tap Auto/Manual•If Auto has been tapped, the network found will be automatically set.•If Manual has been tapped, select from the networks found to set the network.dTap Search frequency and select the frequency of searcheTap [Find new network]A network is found. If Registration preference is set to Auto, the network found will be automatically registered.1If Registration preference is set to ManualThe screen as shown below is displayed after a network has been found.Tap the network to set, and tap [Register].The selected network will be registered.fTap [Done]Setting Operations in RoamingSet operations for handling calls that arrive while you are using international roaming outside Japan.• For details about network services, see "Network Service Operation Guide".Default setting Band: WCDMA Registration preference: Auto Search frequency: MediumBand : Select a frequency band suited for the country of stay.Registration preference: Set the network automatically or manually.Search frequency : Set the frequency of searching for a network.Find new network : Starts a search for a new network.00M1000EN.book  491 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
492Overseas UseMaking available Remote Operation of Network Services during RoamingSet your handset to allow remote operation of Voicemail and Call Forwarding Services from overseas.• This operation can be performed only by subscribers of Voicemail or Call Forwarding Service.aTap $$ in the Application Selector bar, and tap Settings y Roaming in the Menu barbTap $$ in the Remote access control field, and tap [Yes]Remote access is enabled.• Tap $$ to disable remote access.Avoiding Calls Arriving during RoamingYour handset can be set to restrict incoming calls or data communications during roaming.aTap $$ in the Application Selector bar, and tap Settings y Roaming in the Menu bar on the Phone number entry screenbTap $$ in the Incoming call barring when roaming field, and enter the network security code on the Enter network security code screenIncoming call barring is set.• Tap $$ to remove incoming call barring when roaming.NOTE• The operation cannot be performed outside the service area or in an area with no radio wave.Enabling Guidance in RoamingThe handset can be set to play to a party who has attempted to call you during international roaming a message informing the caller that you are in international roaming.• If the guidance function is not set, a message "Connecting your call. Please hold." is played to the caller.00M1000EN.book  492 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
493Overseas Use• Even if you have not enabled the guidance, a message in a foreign language may play depending on the conditions of the overseas network operator. The ringing tone may be different from that in Japan.aTap $$ in the Application Selector bar, and tap Settings y Roaming on the Menu bar on the Contact entry screenbTap $$ in the Roaming Guidance field on the Roaming screenThe guidance function is enabled. To a caller, a message "The receiver is in international roaming. Please hold while your call is being connected." is played.• Tap $$ to disable the guidance.NOTE• The operation cannot be performed outside the service area or in an area with no radio wave.00M1000EN.book  493 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
00M1000EN.book  494 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
495AppendixMenu List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496List of Symbols and Special Characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497List of Fixed Phrases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498List of Roman Character Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499Combination of Functions during Multiaccess  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501Services Available for FOMA Handset  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501Options and Related Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503Desktop Suite and SyncML  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503Troubleshooting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510Error Message List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511Warranty and After-sales Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515Protecting the Handset from Data that can Cause Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5161When Troubled00M1000EN.book  495 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
496AppendixMenu ListTap $$ (Application launcher) on Application Selector bar to display.Application Description Reference$$ Browse Accesses Internet and a homepage can be viewed. P193$$ Calculator A calculator can be used. P350$$ Calendar Displays a calendar, and schedules can be registered. P322$$ Camera Takes still images/videos. P169$$ Contacts Registration of contacts and searching contacts are performed. P99$$ Control panelHandset tabCertificate manager Displays User certificates/CA certificates. P220Text input Details of text input are set up. P467, 480, 484, 486, 490, 499Sound Sound such as Ringers are set. P126Shortcut key Sets the menu launched by a home/shortcut key. P345Password Sets a Security code and a Phone Lock. P147, 154Master Clear/Master Reset Performs Master Clear/Master Reset. P360Manner Mode Sets the operation of the Manner Mode. P129Memory card Formats a memory card, or changes its name. P302Memory manager Displays application memory. P306, 308, 310Screen Adjusts brightness and tap location of the screen. P134Settings for cars Sets the operation for connecting FOMA handset to a Carkit. P75Power Sets the operation of the Power save mode and Status LED. P136Handset information Displays system information of the FOMA handset. P350Connection tabBluetooth Sets the detail of Bluetooth. P382Desktop Suite Sets the connection type of Desktop Suite. P529Internet account Sets the necessary settings for connecting to an internet. P183Messaging accounts Sets messaging accounts. P227Byte Counter Displays the amount of data transmitted. P34800M1000EN.book  496 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
497AppendixList of Symbols and Special Characters• Entering symbols and special characters 3P473$$ Connection tabFind Wireless LAN Access PointSearches an access point of a wireless LAN. P398General tabSelect Language Changes the language displayed on the screen. P142International Sets present country and currency unit. P140Ringtune Manager Installation of ringtones and Vibrator Setting is performed. P124, 127Time & date Sets the date, time and display format. P59$$ Desktop Suite Synchronizes PC and data. P530$$ Home Displays the Home screen. P57$$ Message Sends and receives messages. P234$$ Music Plays music. P285$$ Notes Registers texts and Free draw notes. P351$$ Handset Displays a phone number entry screen. P66$$ Picsel Viewer Displays various files. P289$$ Pictures Manages pictures such as still pictures taken. P274$$ SyncML Synchronizes data with a specific server with wireless. P530$$ Time Sets a display of time and alarm. P319, 358$$ To Do Registers what needs to be done. P336$$ Video Manages videos taken. P280$$ Voice Records a speech with the voice recorder. P313$$ movianVPN Connects with such as intranet, by utilizing VPN. P400$$ Virus scan Checks for a virus in FOMA handset or Trans Flash memory card. P540Double-byteSingle-byteApplication Description Reference! " # $ % & ' ( )  * +  ,  ‐  .  /  :  ;  <  =  >  ?  @  [  ]  ¥^ _ ` { } |00M1000EN.book  497 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
498AppendixList of Fixed Phrases• Entering fixed phrases 3 P472PorticularCategory Fixed phrasesGreeting おはようございます こんにちはこんばんは おやすみなさいありがとうございます すいませんよろしくお願いします お疲れ様ですご無沙汰しております おめでとうReply OK NG賛成  反対了解です 問題ありません今やっています すぐ行きますもう少し待ってください いつでも大丈夫ですBusiness 電話ください。 至急、返事ください。遅れます。 これから帰社します。会議中です。 出張中です。直行します。 直帰します。お世話になっております。 後程ご連絡致します。Private TELして 遊びに行こうよ飲みに行かない? 今日、ヒマ?今どこ? 今何してるの?もうすぐ着くよ じゃあ、後で!今日はダメです いいよ!English Thank you Call me back!I'm late. Where are you now?I'll be back soon. Let's meet atIt sounds great! Congratulations!Good luck! I love you.00M1000EN.book  498 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
499AppendixList of Roman Character EntriesHiragana/Kanji entry is performed by Roman character input, when the input method is set to Qwerty Keyboard and input mode is set to kanji mode. 3P471Internet @docomo.ne.jp .co.jp .ne.jp.or.jp .ac.jp .comhttp:// https:// ftp://www. .org .net.jp .htmlLine Entering character Keys to tapあline あいうえおaiyiuwueoぁぃぅぇぉlaxalixilyixyiluxulexelyexyeloxoうぁ うぃ うぇ うぉ wha whiwiwhewewhoぃぇ yeかline かきくけこkacaki kucuquke kocoがぎぐげごga gi gu ge goきゃ きぃ きゅ きぇ きょ kya kyi kyu kye kyoぎゃ ぎぃ ぎゅ ぎぇ ぎょ gya gyi gyu gye gyoくぁ くぃ くぅ くぇ くぉ qwaqakwaqwiqiqyiqwu qweqeqyeqwoqoくゃ くゅ くょ qya qyu qyoぐぁ ぐぃ ぐぅ ぐぇ ぐぉ gwa gwi gwu gwe gwoさline さしすせそsa sicishisu secesoざじずぜぞza zijizu ze zoしゃ しい しゅ しぇ しょ syashasyi syushusyeshesyoshoじゃ じぃ じゅ じぇ じょ zyajajyazyijyizyujujyuzyejejyezyojojyoすぁ すぃ すぅ すぇ すぉ swa swi swu swe swoCategory Fixed phrases00M1000EN.book  499 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
500Appendixたline たちつてとta tichituthute toちゃ ちぃ ちゅ ちぇ ちょ tyachacyatyicyityuchucyutyechecyetyochocyoつぁ つぃ つぇ つぉ tsa tsi tse tsoてゃ てぃ てゅ てぇ てょ tha thi thu the thoとぁ とぃ とぅ とぇ とぉ twa twi twu twe twoだぢづでどda di du de doぢゃ ぢぃ ぢゅ ぢぇ ぢょ dya dyi dyu dye dyoでゃ でぃ でゅ でぇ でょ dha dhi dhu dhe dhoどぁ どぃ どぅ どぇ どぉ dwa dwi dwu dwe dwoっituxtuなline なにぬねのna ni nu ne noにゃ にぃ にゅ にぇ にょ nya nyi nyu nye nyoはline はひふへほha hi hufuhe hoひゃ ひぃ ひゅ ひぇ ひょ hya hyi hyu hye hyoふぁ ふぃ ふぅ ふぇ ふぉ fwafafwififyifwu fwefefyefwofoふゃ ふゅ ふょ fya fyu fyoばびぶべぼba bi bu be boびゃ びぃ びゅ びぇ びょ bya byi byu bye byoヴぁ ヴぃ ヴ ヴぇ ヴぉ va vi vu ve voヴゃ ヴぃ ヴゅ ヴぇ ヴょ vya vyi vyu vye vyoぱぴぷぺぽpa pi pu pe poぴゃ ぴぃ ぴゅ ぴぇ ぴょ pya pyi pyu pye pyoまline まみむめもma mi mu me moみゃ みぃ みゅ みぇ みょ mya myi myu mye myoやline やゆよya yu yoゃゅょlyaxyalyuxyulyoxyoらline らりるれろra ri ru re roりゃ りぃ りゅ りぇ りょ rya ryi ryu rye ryoわline わをんwa wo nnnn'xnゎiwaxwaLine Entering character Keys to tap00M1000EN.book  500 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
501AppendixCombination of Functions during MultiaccessThe available combination of operations for Multiaccess is as shown below: Services Available for FOMA HandsetNOTE• If you use the collect call service (106), the call charge is billed to the receiver together with a commission of 90 yen (94.5 yen with tax included) per call. (as of XX 2004)• If you use the directory assistance service (104), a service charge of 100 yen (105 yen with tax included) is billed together with the call charge. Note that this service is available without charge for those visually impaired or physically disabled in the upper body. For further information, inquire at 116 (NTT sales center) from a general subscriber phone. (as of XX 2004)Operation to be usedMaking/receiving a voice callMaking/receiving a video callConnecting to InternetSending/receiving a messageSending/receiving SMSCurrent statusWhile on a voice call ○×ab○While on a video call ××ab○While connected to Internetcc -○○○:  Available×:  Not available.–:  The combination is functionally not possible.a:  Internet connection not available via CSD in overseas.b:  Not available to send/receive messages via CSD in overseas.c:  A call cannot be made or received during an internet connection via CSD in overseas.Available service Phone numberCollect call (reversed charge calls) 106 (no area code)Directory assistance for general subscriber phones and DoCoMo's mobile phones (charges apply).(Unlisted phone numbers cannot be given.)104 (no area code)Telegrams (charges apply) 8 a.m. - 10 p.m. 115 (no area code)Time (charges apply) 117 (no area code)Weather report (charges apply) Area code + 177Police emergencies 110 (no area code)Fire and ambulance 119 (no area code)Marine emergencies and accident reports 118 (no area code)Message Dial for a disaster (charges apply) 171 (no area code)00M1000EN.book  501 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
502Appendix• Note that calls to 110, 119 or 118 from the FOMA handset cannot be located. Since the police or fire department authorities may call you to confirm, inform them that you are calling from a mobile phone, give your number and detailed information of your whereabouts. To make sure that you are not cut off during the call, stay in one place when you make the call and do not turn off the phone after the call, but keep it on for about 10 minutes so that a call can be received.• Depending on the area you are calling from you may not be connected to the local police or fire department. Use a public payphone or general subscriber phone if you cannot get in touch with the local authorities.• Customers who use "Call Forwarding" and "Voice Warp" from a general subscriber phone whose forwarding destination is a mobile or carphone (mobile phone), may still hear the ring tone even when the mobile phone is busy, is outside the service area or is turned OFF due to the setting of the general subscriber/mobile phone.• You may not be able to call 116 (NTT sales center), Dial Q2, Message Dial and make credit card calls. (Credit card calls can be made from a general subscriber or a public phone to a FOMA handset.)00M1000EN.book  502 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
503AppendixOptions and Related DevicesCombining the FOMA handset with optional devices supports a wide variety uses from personal use to business use. Some products are unavailable depending on the region. For details, contact our sales office. For details about the optional devices, refer to the instruction manual for each device.Desktop Suite and SyncMLFOMA handset has two types of software in order to synchronize data. 1Desktop suiteA FOMA handset connected to a personal computer with USB, or via Bluetooth, can transmit and synchronize data such as Contacts, Calendar, To do list, and messages.With Desktop suite, installation and transmission of applications and files to a FOMA handset can be performed in addition to transmission and synchronization of data.1SyncMLA FOMA handset connected to a personal computer via a wireless LAN, can transmit and synchronize data such as Contacts, Calendar, and To do list.Please see the following homepage or the help of Desktop suite/SyncML about details on such as download method, data which can be transmitted/synchronized, a hardware requirement, the operation method, and restrictions.<XXXXXMaker site name> http://www.XXXXXXHardware RequirementsPlease use in the operational environments shown below.*: Required memory and hard disk space may vary depending on system environments.• AC adapter MXX • Desktop holder MXX• Battery pack MXX • Rear cover MXX• Carrying case MXX • Stylus MXX• USB cable MXX • FOMA USB cable• International FOMA AC adapter 01 • Earphone/microphone with flat switch P01/P02• Flat type stereo earphone set P01 • Earphone/microphone with switch P001/P002*• Stereo earphone set P001**: Earphone jack converter adapter P001 is needed.Item Required environmentOS Windows XP, Windows 2000, Windows Me, Windows 98SECPU A processor with XX or higher performance is recommended.Required memory* XXMB or higherFree hard disk space* XXMB or higherDisplay High Color (16bit) or higher is recommended.00M1000EN.book  503 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
504AppendixBefore Using<Qualification>Please see the above homepage or the help of Desktop suite/SyncML about details on such as download method, data which can be transmitted/synchronized, a hardware requirement, the operation method, and restrictions.For inquiries on Desktop suite and SyncMLXXXXSupport Center 0120-XXX-XXXOffice hours: Week days from XX:XX to XX:XX a.m. and XX:XX to XX:XX p.m.(Saturdays, Sundays, public holidays, and predetermined holidays are excluded)Using Desktop SuiteBy using Desktop Suite, following operations can be performed between a personal computer linked to a FOMA handset.Installing Desktop Suite PCaSet the attached CD-ROM to a personal computerbClick in the order of [スタート ] (Start) menu y “ ファイル名を指定して実行 ” (Execute by specifying a file name)cSpecify "The drive name of CD-ROM: \XXX\setup.exe" and click [OK]Starting Desktop Suite PCPlease connect a FOMA handset and a personal computer beforehand, after they are powered on. 3 P416aSelect in the order of [ スタート ] (Start) menu y “ すべてのプログラム ” (All Programs) ([Programs] for OS other than WindowsXP) • From here on, please follow the instructions displayed on the screen.00M1000EN.book  504 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
505Appendixy "Motorola Desktop Suite", and click on "Motorola Desktop Suite"Starting of Desktop Suite PC will display the above screen.1About detailed operation method of Desktop Suite PCPlease refer to the help file. The display method is as follows:Select in the order of [スタート] (Start) menu y “すべてのプログラム” (All Programs) ([Programs] for OS other than WindowsXP) y "Motorola Desktop Suite", and click on "Motorola Desktop Help"Uninstalling Desktop Suite PCUninstalls Desktop Suite PC• Before uninstalling, please end Desktop Suite PC.• The display on the screen differs when an OS other than Windows XP is used.< Example: When uninstalling form Windows XP >aClick on the icons in the order of [スタート ] (Start) menu y “ コントロールパネル ” (Control Panel) y “ プログラムの追加と削除 ” (Add or Remove Programs)The “プログラムの追加と削除” (Add or Remove Programs) screen is displayed.1For Windows 2000 Professional, MeClick on [スタート] (Start) menu, and select in the order of [設定] (Setting) y “ コントロールパネル” (Control Panel) and double click on “アプリケーションの追加と削除” (Add or Remove Programs)“アプリケーションの追加と削除” (Add or Remove Programs) screen (for Windows Me, “アプリケーションの追加と削除のプロパティ ” (Property of Add or Remove Programs) ) is displayed.bSelect "Motorola Desktop Suite" and click on “ 変更と削除 ” (Change or Delete)• From here on, please follow the instructions displayed on the screen.Setting the Connection Method of Desktop SuiteThe method for connecting to Desktop Suite (USB cable connection/Bluetooth communication) is set.00M1000EN.book  505 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
506AppendixaTap $$ y $$ in the Application Selector bar, tap Connect tab from Control Panel screen y tap Desktop Suite1Changing the precedence of apparatus when connection method is set to BluetoothTap [Change]bTap Connection Drop Box, set connection method y tap [Done]Operating Desktop SuiteDesktop Suite is operated and data is transmitted. The connection starts with the method set at "Setting the connection method of Desktop Suite" (3 P529)• When connecting via USB, this operation is performed after connecting a personal computer with a FOMA handset with an USB cable beforehand. 3 P414• When connecting via Bluetooth, it is recommended to register the connecting Bluetooth apparatus beforehand. 3 P382Display : Tap and select when displaying the Bluetooth apparatus by types.Device list : The apparatus by which Bluetooth connection was made (above the line), and the apparatus being searched (below the line) are displayed.• Tap [Update] to start a search for apparatus available for Bluetooth connection starts.3P383When the connection method is USBWhen the connection method is Bluetooth00M1000EN.book  506 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
507AppendixaTap $$ y $$ in the Application Selector barbTap [Connect]1When disconnectingTap [Disconnect]Synchronizing a Personal Computer with a Data by Using SyncMLSetting up SyncMLPerforms a server setup in order to use SyncML.• Information necessary for the setting will be supplied by the provider of SyncML.aTap $$ y $$ at the Application Selector barbTap in the order from Edit y Settings in the Menu barServer address : Enter a server address.Username : Enter a username.Password : Enter a password.When connecting via USBWhen connecting via Bluetooth00M1000EN.book  507 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
508AppendixcTap a column to set up, and enter information1When performing a setting for a transport login• Please perform this when needed. Information necessary for the setting will be supplied by the provider of SyncML.aTap Protocol tabbTap $$ at Use transport login column• Tap $$ to disable Transport Login.cTap the Username column, and enter a user namedTap the Password column, and enter a passworddTap [Done]The server is set.Setting the Task to SynchronizeSets the task to synchronize by SyncML.aTap $$ y $$ in the Application Selector barTransport protocol: Transport protocol is displayed.Use transport login: Sets enable/disable of transport login.Username : The user name for transport login is entered. This can be entered only when transport login is enabled.Password : The password for transport login is entered. This can be entered only when transport login is enabled.The task to synchronize is displayed.00M1000EN.book  508 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
509AppendixbTap a task to setcTap $$ of Enable task• Tap $$ to disable the task.dTap Ta sk n ame  column, and enter a task name• Make a change as needed.eTap Server database column and enter a path• Make a change as needed.fTap [Done]The task is set.• Tap [Cancel] to cancel the task setting.Synchronizing DataConnects to the SyncML server, and synchronizes the data. aTap $$ y $$ in the Application Selector barEnable task : Sets enable/disable of the task.Task name : The task name acquired beforehand is displayed.Server database: The path to the server database acquired beforehand is displayed.The task to synchronize is displayed.The tasks with synchronization disabled are displayed 3 P53200M1000EN.book  509 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
510AppendixbTap [Sync]cSynchronizationTroubleshootingSymptom CheckFOMA handset cannot be turned ON (the handset cannot be used).• Is the battery connected properly? 3 P52• Is the battery depleted? 3 P55• When the mova handset is ON in a dual network service, the FOMA service is not available. Check whether or not FOMA handset is ON. Please see "Network Service Operation Guide" for further information. 3 P373A message "UIM selection failed" is displayed when the FOMA handset is powered on.• The UIM may not be properly attached or may be damaged. Check to see if the UIM is properly attached. 3 P49Screen does not change when a key is pressed or the touch screen is tapped while the display is turned off.• Is All lock set? 3 P153The display gets dark, and indication disappeared. • Is the handset in power saving mode? 3 P42"Battery Status: Very Low Recharge Battery" is displayed, and alarm is heard.• The battery is almost discharged. Charge the battery. 3 P54Calls cannot be made by entering a phone number. • Is Self-mode set? 3 P155After dialling a number, you hear a busy tone and cannot establish your call.• Have you dialed the area code? 3 P66• Did you hear the dial tone before dialling? 3 P66• Is "No service" indicated? 3 P41Mail reception is announced by other than the set ring tone.• Is the mail from the partner whom you registered the ringer tone in the phonebook? 3 P104The image/melody set in each function does not display/play, and operates in default setting.• Is the same UIM as the one acquired the picture or the melody attached? 3 P50The progress of synchronization is displayed.Condition of the task is displayed.• Tap [Stop] to cancel the performing synchronization.• Tap SyncML 3 Disconnect on the Menu bar to disconnect the communication.00M1000EN.book  510 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
511AppendixError Message ListThe icon indicating the network state shows the handset is out of network coverage, and you cannot use the global roaming service.• You are outside the service area of global roaming service, or in an area with poor signal strength.• Please check with "Network Service Operation Guide" or the homepage of WORLD WING to see whether the service area or the operator is the one you can use.• Please switch to a corresponding network. 3 P515Neither a Video Call, a short message service (SMS), nor a packet communication can be used.• Please check with "Network Service Operation Guide" or the homepage of WORLD WING to see whether the service area or the operator is the one you can use.• Please switch to a corresponding network. 3 P515Cannot receive either a voice call or a video call. • Is Incoming call barring when roaming set? 3 P516After returning from overseas, the icon indicating the network state remains displaying no service.• Is the network set for GSM/GPRS system? 3 P515Displayed Messaget Description ReferenceThis software cannot be installed as the installation file is corruptThe application was not able to install, since the file is corrupt.P362Application was not able to install since there is insufficient memory in the handset. Please delete an unnecessary file and try againThere is insufficient memory for the specified installation. Delete some files and restart the installation.P363Cannot find specified memory card. Check if the memory card is properly insertedApplication was not able to uninstall due to an error. P363The download was aborted due to an errorWas not able to download due to an error. P211Delete or move internal files to the memory cardA photograph cannot be taken since the memory in the FOMA handset is full. Please either move to the external memory, or delete unnecessary picture/video.P307, 308Move or delete some files A photograph cannot be taken since the memory in the FOMA handset is full. Please either move to the external memory, or delete unnecessary picture/video.P307, 308Captured file could not be storedThe picture/video taken was not able to save due to an error. P169, 170Folder changed to default external folderThe specified folder was not correct, so the default external folder is opened.P303Camera could not be accessed. The application will closeThe camera application is closed due to an error. P16900M1000EN.book  511 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
512AppendixNot all contacts were deleted successfullyCertain contacts were not able to delete. P113Not all contacts were copied successfullyCertain contacts were not able to copy. P115Not all contacts were moved successfullyCertain contacts were not able to move. P115Contact can't be saved. Please enter name.This message displays when you attempt to save a contact without entering a name. Please try saving again after entering a name.P99Illegal characters. Contact was updated.When you attempt to save a contact that includes characters that cannot be saved to UIM, the data will be changed and then saved.P105USB cable not connected. Since the USB cable is not connected to the FOMA handset, it cannot connect to a PC.P414Failed to connect to PC via USB. Check the settings on the PC.FOMA handset cannot be connected to a PC via USB. P417Do you want to enable Bluetooth?This message is displayed when attempting to connect FOMA handset with a PC using Bluetooth, and an available device is not set.Please tap [Yes], and set the available device.P382Your preferred device cannot be found. Make sure it is turned on and in-range. Alternatively change your preferred device.This message is displayed when attempting to connect FOMA handset with a PC using Bluetooth, and an available device is not set. Please tap [Update], and you can select another device from the list of available devices.P382Check Failed The check on a short message (SMS) failed. P263A handset is trying to connect in order to transfer an entry.Other handset is trying to connect to the FOMA handset in order to transmit data. Tap [Accept] to receive the data with Bluetooth.P385The file name already exists This message is displayed when you attempt to change a file name to the one already exist. Please use other file name.P304Enter a name for the track This message displays when you attempt to change a music file name without entering anything. Please enter a file name.P304This application's file is damaged and has been deletedThe dameaged data in notes is deleted. -TV Phone is not available You are not in an area where a Video Call can be used. You can make a voice call by tapping [Voice].P89Failed to connect Video call cannot be made due to an error. You can make a voice call by tapping [$$Voice].P89Video call cannot be dialed in an active audio callThis message displays when attempting to make a video call during a voice call. You can make a voice call by tapping [$$Voice].P89Failed A setup of network service failed due to an error. -Failure Network failure Failed a network search for setting up a network, due to an error.-Displayed Messaget Description Reference00M1000EN.book  512 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
513AppendixFailure Other Phone is Busy The other phone is busy when switching Dual Network. P373Failure Invalid Network PasswordThe password for the network is incorrect. P146Network password incorrect The password for the network is incorrect. P146Not Subscribed The network service is not subscribed. -Failure Network already existsThe network attempted to be registered already exists in the preferred list.-List full  Please delete an entry firstThe preferred list is full. -Failure Emergency only Either network cannot be found, or manual network selection is cancelled.-Failure No Service The network cannot be used, -Incorrect password PIN is not correct. P147Incorrect password PIN will be blocked if next attempt failsReentered PIN is not correct. P147PIN is blocked PIN is locked. P151None of UIMs is selected UIM is not selected. -UIM selection failed An error occurred with the UIM. -Unknown document file type It is a file not supported. P289The document is faulty, and could not be convertedAn error occurred with the file. P289Image could not be loaded Image could not be loaded due to an error.  -Image is too large to operate The image is too large to display or edit. P275Image could not be moved Image could not be moved due to an error. -Image could not be renamed Image could not be renamed due to an error. -Image could not be deleted Image could not be deleted due to an error. -Unable to play clip. Unable to play clip due to an error. -Enter a name for the clip. This message displays when you attempt to change a clip file name without entering anything. Please enter a file name.P304Unable to update pattern definitions.Failed to update pattern definitions of virus scan due to an error.-Cannot use pattern scanner. Initialization of virus scan failed due to an error -The total data amount exceeds the specified threshold.The total packet data sent and received exceeded the specified threshold.P349A certificate must be selected.A certificate needs to be selected. P220Client certificates are not available. Network authentication cannot be configured.Either a certificate does not exist, or the certificate has expired, so it cannot be used.P220Displayed Messaget Description Reference00M1000EN.book  513 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
514AppendixA problem occurred during the automatic settings updateDownloading quickstart failed due to an error. -Failure Device settings not resetMaster Reset failed due to an error. -Failure User data not cleared Device settings not resetMaster Clear failed due to an error. -Bad name It is a name that cannot be registered in TransFlash memory card.P302Switch off light must be less than or equal to the time to Power down screenIt will be adjusted accordinglyThe time for Power down screen in power saving mode cannot be set up shorter than the time for switch off light. Please reset the time again.P136Battery Status: Very Low Recharge BatteryLow battery. Please charge. P54You cannot delete the …… folder because it still has items in it.The folder could not be deleted since it has data in it. P303Your handset is low on memory. Do you want to create some space now?The memory capacity of FOMA handset is insufficient. Tap [Yes] to display the screen for deleting unnecessary files, or the memory manager.P311Disk is full The memory is full. Delete unnecessary files. P311This file is damaged and can't be used.The file is damaged, so it cannot be used. -This application's file is damaged and has been deleted.The file is damaged, so it has been deleted. -Failed to read the user dictionary. Are you sure you want to initialize?Failed to read the user dictionary. Tap [OK] to initialize and activate.P484Failed to read the learning dictionary. Are you sure you want to initialize?Failed to read the learning dictionary. Tap [OK] to initialize and activate.P490Invalid Battery  Unable to Charge BatteryAn invalid battery pack is used. Please use an appropriate battery pack.P52No viewer can be found on your device to open this file.It is a file type that cannot be supported. Tap [Save] to be saved in FOMA handset.P250Displayed Messaget Description Reference00M1000EN.book  514 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
515AppendixWarranty and After-sales ServiceWarranty• A written warranty is provided with every FOMA handset; make sure that you receive it. Store the warranty in a safe place when you have read it and checked that it contains the "shop name/date" you purchased it. If it does not contain the necessary information, contact the shop where you bought it. The warranty is valid for a period of one year from the date of purchase.• This product and all accessories are subject to change, in part or whole, for the sake of improvement without prior notice.After-sales ServiceWhen Problems OccurBefore requesting service, read the section "Troubleshooting".If the problem still persists, contact one of the numbers described in "Contacts" at the back cover of this manual.If the Result of Inquiries Indicates that a Repair is RequiredTake your FOMA handset to a service center designated by DoCoMo. Be sure to check the opening hours of the service center. Note that you must present the warranty.1In the warranty period• The FOMA handset will be repaired at no charge subject to the conditions of the warranty.• The warranty must be presented to receive warranty service. The subscriber will be charged for the repair of items not covered in the warranty or repairs of defects resulting from misuse, accident or neglect even during the warranty period.• The subscriber is charged even during the warranty period for the repair of failures caused by the use of devices or consumable items that are not DoCoMo-specified.1Repairs may not be possible in the following cases:• Repair is not possible when corrosion due exposure to moisture, condensation or perspiration is detected in a moisture seal reaction or test, or if any of the internal boards are damaged or deformed. Since these conditions are outside the scope of the warranty, a repair, if at all possible, will be charged.1After expiration of the warranty• All repairs that are requested are charged.1Replacement parts• Replacement parts (parts required to maintain product function) will be kept in stock for at least 6 years after termination of production. The product can be repaired during this period. Depending on the nature of the required repair, it may still be possible to repair your phone even after this period, so please contact one of the numbers described in "Contacts" at the back cover of this manual.Notes• Do not modify the FOMA handset, the UIM or its accessories.00M1000EN.book  515 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
516Appendix- Fire, injury or damage may result.- In order to prevent interference of radio waves or network breakdown, the FOMA handset and UIM are manufactured according to technical standards stipulated by law. Do not use FOMA handsets or UIMs that do not meet these standards.- If the FOMA handset is modified (part replacement, modification, painting, etc.) it will be repaired only after the modified parts have been restored to the condition at the time of purchase. However, repair may be refused depending on the nature of modification.- Repair of failures or damage caused by modification are charged even during the warranty period.• Do not remove any inscription stickers attached to the FOMA handset. The inscription stickers certify that the FOMA handset satisfies specific technical standards. Note that if stickers are removed intentionally or are reattached in such a way that confirmation of the sticker's contents is impossible, repair or servicing may be refused because confirmation of whether or not the phone conforms to relevant technical standards cannot be made.• The ON/OFF function settings and stored data may be cleared (reset) by failure, repair or handling processes. Should this happen, set up the functions again.• Magnetic components are used in the earpiece and speaker of the FOMA handset. Do not allow cash cards or other devices that are vulnerable to magnetism to come into contact with the phone.• If the handset becomes wet or moist, turn the power off and remove the battery pack immediately and bring the handset to our repair office as soon as possible. However, repair may not be possible depending on the condition of the handset.Phonebook, Downloaded Data and IC Card Data• Maintain a separate record of the data you register in your FOMA handset. DoCoMo will not accept any liability and responsibility whatsoever for changes of information or loss of information.• Data created, imported or downloaded by the subscriber may be lost or become corrupted when changing the model or repairing mobile phone or carphone. DoCoMo may, at its option, repair a mobile carphone by replacing it. In such an event, it will not be possible, to transfer the data (except some data) to the new handset. DoCoMo will not accept any responsibility. Scan Function Protecting the Handset from Data that can Cause Damage By using the Scan Function, FOMA handset can perform a virus scan in FOMA handset or a TransFlash memory card. When it is found infected from a result of a virus scan, the virus can be cleansed immediately.• The scan cannot be performed when another application is in use.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector barLast Scan : Displays the date of the last scan.Last Update : Displays the date of the last update of the pattern file.00M1000EN.book  516 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
517AppendixbTap [$$Start scanning] cTap $$ y [OK] of the media you are scanningdTap [OK]The scan starts, and the result is displayed when the scan completes.• Tap [Cancel] to cancel the start of scanning.• Tap [Cancel] to cancel the scan during a scan. Updating the Virus Pattern FileVirus scan uses the virus pattern file in order to distinguish viruses. By updating the virus pattern file, it would make it possible to scan new viruses.aTap $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, and tap [Update] from the virus scan screenAll media : Scans both FOMA handset and TransFlash memory card.Internal memory: Scans FOMA handset.Card name : Scans TransFlash memory card.• When a TransFlash memory card is not attached, the selection screen for the media would not be displayed. It will skip toStep 4. • Tap [Cancel] to cancel the start of scanning.00M1000EN.book  517 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
518AppendixbTap [OK]cTap [OK]The phone ID is transmitted, and the update starts.• Tap [Cancel] to cancel the transmission of the phone ID.• Tap [Cancel] y [OK] to cancel the update.dTap [OK]The update completes.NOTE• When the pattern data is updated, SSL communication is performed to the server (the site of our company). Please enable the SSL certificate. 3P195• When the pattern data is updated, the unique information (model, serial number, etc.) of your handset is automatically transmitted to our server (the server that our company manages for the scanning function). We do not use the transmitted information for any purposes other than the scanning function.• Please set the date (year, month, and day) of your FOMA handset correctly.• In case an update of a virus pattern file fails, please redo the update from the beginning. • If the virus pattern file in the handset is the latest one, a message is displayed indicating that the pattern file is the newest. • Tap [Cancel] to cancel the update.00M1000EN.book  518 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
519Appendix1Functions and data that can be scanned1When infected with a virusIf a virus is detected during a scan, the confirmation screen for deleting the virus will be displayed.1When the scan completesWhen the scan completes, a screen with the result of the scan is displayed.•[Since the specification is not decided yet, detail is omitted.]• Tap [Delete] or [OK] to delete the detected virus, and to resume the scan.• Tap [Skip] to resume the scan without deleting the detected virus.No virus Virus deleted Virus not deleted00M1000EN.book  519 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
520AppendixTap [Details] in the result screen shown at virus detection to display details on the scan.Checking the Version of the Virus Pattern FileThe detailed information on virus scan application is displayed, and the version of a virus pattern file can be checked. aTap in the sequence of $$ y $$ on the Application Selector bar, and tap Virus Scan on the Menu bar y About Virus ScanApplication name and the version of the virus pattern file are displayed.$$: The virus has been deleted.$$ : The virus has not been deleted.• Select a file name and tap [Details] to notify the infected file, name of the virus, and the status of the virus (deleted/deleted or not) .The name of infected file00M1000EN.book  520 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
00M1000EN.book  522 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分
About Proper Telephone EtiquetteDo not disturb people around you when using your FOMA handset. Always turn OFF your FOMA handset in the following situations:1In a location where use of handsets is prohibitedThere are places where you cannot use a handset. Always turn OFF your FOMA handset when:• In an airplane • In a hospital* Be aware that patients use electronic medical equipment in many areas in hospitals. Your FOMA handset must be switched off even in lobbies or waiting rooms.1While drivingUsing your FOMA handset while driving could affect safe driving and cause danger.* Stop your car in a safe place before using your FOMA handset or use Drive Mode.1While in a crowded train where there may be a person who uses an implanted cardiac pacemaker or cardioverter defibrillator near you.1Use of the handset could adversely affect the operation of an implanted cardiac pacemaker or cardioverter defibrillator.1While in public places such as a concert hall, movie theater or art museumUsing your FOMA handset in quiet public places will likely bother other people.Match the volume of your voice and your FOMA handset's ring tone to your location1In a quiet location like a restaurant or hotel lobby, pay attention to the volume of your voice and ring tones, etc. when using your FOMA handset.1In town areas, while using your FOMA handset, be sure not to block foot or vehicular traffic.Consider privacyGive consideration to privacy before shooting or sending images with a mobile phone with a built-in camera."Silent" functions designed for public useYour FOMA handset has a number of useful "silent" functions designed for public use, such as a setting that instructs your handset not to answer incoming calls and the ability to set the handset for silent operation.2Manner ModeMutes all sounds your FOMA handset makes, such as keypad sound and ring tones. 3P1602Drive ModePlays a guidance to notify that you cannot answer the call because you are driving a car, then disconnects the call. This mode ensures your safety while driving because no ring tone sounds when a call is received. 3P792VibratorVibrates when there is an incoming call. 3P1552Voice messageAllows the caller to leave a message when you cannot answer the phone. 3P81In addition to the above functions, optional services such as Voice Mail Service and Call Forwarding Service are also available. 3P483, P48800M1000EN.book  523 ページ  2004年11月24日 水曜日 午前7時56分

Navigation menu